OS/2 Professional/OS2PRO194.ISO/os2/info/document/infog20/using.inf

OS/2 Help File | 1992-12-15 | 308.3 KB | 9,312 lines

ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. Version Notice ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

First Edition (January 1993)

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country
where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states
do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain
transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be
incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time.

It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information
about, IBM products (machines and programs), programming, or services that are
not announced in your country.  Such references or information must not be
construed to mean that IBM intends to announce such IBM products, programming,
or services in your country.

Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to your
IBM Authorized Dealer or your IBM Marketing Representative.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. Notices ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

References in this publication to IBM products, programs, or services do not
imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM
operates. Any reference to an IBM product, program or service is not intended
to state or imply that only IBM's product, program, or service may be used. Any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any
of IBM's intellectual property rights or other legally protectable rights may
be used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. Evaluation and
verification of operation in conjunction with other products, programs, or
services, except those expressly designated by IBM, are the user's
responsibility.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in
this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to
these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the IBM Director
of Commercial Relations, IBM Corporation, Purchase, NY 10577.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1. Trademarks and Service Marks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following terms, denoted by an asterisk (*) in this publication, are
trademarks or service marks of the IBM Corporation in the United States or
other countries:

AT                          ExecJet
IBM                         IBMLink
Micro Channel               Operating System/2
OS/2                        PC/XT
Personal System/2           Presentation Manager
Proprinter                  PS/2
WIN-OS/2                    Workplace Shell
XGA                         XT

The following terms, denoted by a double asterisk (**) in this publication, are
trademarks of other companies as follows:

Trademark                Owner
Adobe                    Adobe Systems Incorporated
Adobe Type Manager       Adobe Systems Incorporated
Aox                      Aox Corporation
AutoCAD                  AutoDesk, Inc.
Borland C++              Borland International, Inc.
Bubble-Jet               Canon, Inc.
Canon                    Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
Central Point Backup     Central Point Software, Inc.
CodeView                 Microsoft Corporation
Commute                  Central Point Software
CompuServe               CompuServe Incorporated
Control Room             Ashton-Tate Corporation
Corel                    Corel Systems Corporation
Crosstalk                Digital Communications Associates, Inc.
dBASE                    Borland International
Distinct                 Distinct Corporation
DynaComm                 Future Soft Engineering, Inc.
Epson                    Seiko Epson Kabushiki Kaisha
Everex                   Everex Systems, Inc.
Excel                    Microsoft Corporation
Fastback Plus            Fifth Generation Systems, Inc.
FastLynx                 Rupp Corporation
FotoMan                  Logitech International
Framework III            Aston-Tate Corporation
Freelance Graphics       Lotus Development Corporation
Harvard Graphics         Software Publishing Corporation
Hewlett-Packard          Hewlett-Packard Company
HP                       Hewlett-Packard Company
Intel                    Intel Corporation
Iomega                   Iomega Corporation
LANtastic                Artisoft, Inc.
LapLink                  Traveling Software, Inc.
LaserJet                 Hewlett-Packard Company

Trademark                Owner
Logitech                 Logitech, Inc.
Lotus                    Lotus Development Corporation
MAGICorp                 MAGICorp Ltd.
Mathcad                  MathSoft, Inc.
Micrografx               Micrografx Incorporated
Microsoft                Microsoft Corporation
Mirrors                  Micrografx Incorporated
More Windows             Aristosoft, Inc.
MS                       Microsoft Corporation
MS Bookshelf             Microsoft Corporation
MS Excel                 Microsoft Corporation
MS Flight Simulator      Microsoft Corporation
MS Money                 Microsoft Corporation
MusicPrinter Plus        Temporal Acuity Products, Inc.
National Geographic      National Geographic Society
NEC                      NEC Corporation
Norton Backup            Peter Norton Computing, Inc.
Norton Utilities         Peter Norton Computing, Inc.
Omnipage Professional    Caere Corporation
Orchid                   Orchid Technology Inc.
PageMaker                Aldus Corporation
Paradox                  Borland International, Inc.
Peachtree                Peachtree Software, Inc.
Peachtree Complete       Peachtree Software, Inc.
Persuasion               Aldus Corporation
PFS                      Software Publishing Corporation
PFS First Choice         Software Publishing Corporation
Phar Lap                 Phar Lap Software, Inc.
PostScript               Adobe Systems Incorporated
PowerGraph               STB Systems, Inc.
Prodigy                  Prodigy Services Company
Publishers PowerPak      Atech Software
Quattro Pro              Borland International, Inc.

Trademark                Owner
Quicken                  Intuit Company
Quicken for Windows      Intuit Company
Realizer                 Within Technologies, Inc.
SideKick                 Borland International, Inc.
Smartfax                 American Data Technology, Inc.
Stacker                  Stac Electronics
TI                       Texas Instruments Incorporated
Tseng                    Tseng Laboratories Inc.
Turbo C++                Borland International, Inc.
Turbo Pascal             Borland International, Inc.
VGAWONDER XL             ATI Technologies Inc.
Windows                  Microsoft Corporation
Winfax Pro               Delrina Technology Systems, Inc.
Wing Commander           Origins Systems, Inc.
WordPerfect              WordPerfect Corporation
8514/ULTRA               ATI Technologies, Inc.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3. About This Book ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before reading this book, you should read OS/2 2.1 Getting Started.

The purpose of this book is to help you use OS/2 2.1.  It provides information
on using the Workplace Shell.  It also provides information on installing and
using programs and printers, and describes the software and hardware support
provided by OS/2 2.1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1. How This Book Is Organized ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

o Part 1 describes how to use objects and windows and shows you how to shut
  down your system.
o Part 2 describes the objects that you see after you have installed the
  operating system.  You will learn how to use the functions associated with
  each object.
o Part 3 provides information for installing new programs.  It also describes
  how to use Windows programs and the Adobe Type Manager for WIN-OS/2.  A
  chapter describes how to use network objects.
o Part 4 describes how to install a printer, manage print jobs, and solve
  printing problems.
o Part 5 describes the software and hardware support provided by OS/2 2.1 and
  suggests solutions for problems you might encounter.
o Part 6 is for previous users of OS/2 Version 1.3 or Microsoft Windows. It
  describes how common tasks done in OS/2 Version 1.3 and Microsoft Windows are
  done in OS/2 2.1.

Appendix A describes keys you can use in addition to a mouse button.

Telephone numbers in this book are only for the United States.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2. Related Online Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most of the information about using OS/2 2.1 is online for easy access. Refer
to the following table for further details.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé ONLINE INFORMATION Γöé HOW TO ACCESS                        Γöé DESCRIPTION        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Master Help Index  Γöé Double-click on MASTER HELP INDEX    Γöé An alphabetic list Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé using mouse button 1.                Γöé of information you Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé need to use OS/2   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé 2.1.  You can      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé select information Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé on a specific      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé topic, or search   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé the topics and     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé then select one.   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Information        Γöé Double-click on INFORMATION using    Γöé This folder con-   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé mouse button 1; then double-click on Γöé tains online       Γöé
Γöé o   Command Refer- Γöé any of the objects in the folder.    Γöé books, such as the Γöé
Γöé     ence           Γöé                                      Γöé OS/2 Command Ref-  Γöé
Γöé o   Glossary       Γöé                                      Γöé erence and REXX    Γöé
Γöé o   Readme         Γöé                                      Γöé information.  It   Γöé
Γöé o   REXX Informa-  Γöé                                      Γöé also contains the  Γöé
Γöé     tion           Γöé                                      Γöé interactive OS/2   Γöé
Γöé o   Tutorial       Γöé                                      Γöé Tutorial, and the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Glossary, which is Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé an alphabetic list Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé of operating       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé system terms.      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Start Here         Γöé Double-click on START HERE; then     Γöé This object con-   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé double-click on any of the topics.   Γöé tains information  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé about how to get   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé started with OS/2  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé 2.1.  It includes  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé information about  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé installing your    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé programs, custom-  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé izing your         Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé desktop, printing, Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé and other common   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé tasks.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Help for objects,  Γöé Click mouse button 1 on an object to Γöé This help provides Γöé
Γöé windows, and       Γöé highlight the object or an open      Γöé information about  Γöé
Γöé pop-up menus       Γöé window; then press the F1 key.  For  Γöé the selected       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé pop-up menu choices, move the cursor Γöé object, window, or Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé to the choice; then press the F1     Γöé menu choice.       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé key.                                 Γöé                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé HELP push button   Γöé Click on the HELP push button        Γöé This help provides Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé appearing in an open window.         Γöé general and proce- Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé dural help for an  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé open window.       Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4. Part 1:  The Workplace Shell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To assist you in the new environment of OS/2* 2.1, you have the Workplace
Shell*, a graphical user interface that makes working your computer easier.
This is because the Workplace Shell lets you manage your work without having to
learn the complexities of the operating system.  And because you can do your
work with a mouse instead of a keyboard, you can perform tasks more quickly.

In the Workplace Shell, everything is on one screen. This screen represents
your work area and is called the desktop.  The Workplace Shell desktop uses
icons to represent objects related to your work tasks. An icon is a graphic
representation of an object.  An object that contains other objects is called a
folder. There are four types of objects that can appear on your desktop or in
other folders: Data file

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 An object that conveys information.  Text files, memos, letters, spreadsheets,
 video, and sound are examples of data-file objects.  Program

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 An object that represents a reference to an executable application program.
 Text editors, database programs, games, and tools are examples of program
 objects.  Program-file objects are the actual executable files, such as files
 with the extension EXE or COM.  Device

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 An object that represents a physical device.  Printers, plotters, modems, and
 facsimile machines are examples of device objects.  Folder

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 An object that contains other objects, which can be other folders.  A folder
 is similar to a directory.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5. Using the Workplace Shell ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To use the Workplace Shell you must understand how to select an object, how to
open a window (or view) of that object, and how to perform some basic actions
on that object such as printing, copying, and deleting.  Many actions can be
performed upon an object simply by using the mouse.

This chapter describes the common tasks you can do with objects and windows.
Some of these tasks have keyboard equivalents, which are described in Key
Assignments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1. Pop-Up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every object has its own menu called a pop-up menu.  This pop-up menu contains
choices that are the available operations for that specific object. The Desktop
folder, your screen background, does not look like a folder; however, it is a
folder that is always open and has a pop-up menu, which contains choices that
apply to all the objects on the desktop and to the operating system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.1. Displaying the Desktop Pop-Up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To display the pop-up menu for the Desktop folder, click mouse button 2 on an
area not covered by any object or window. The Desktop folder pop-up menu
appears.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.2. Displaying an Object Pop-Up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To display the pop-up menu for an object, such as the OS/2 System folder:

  1. Place the mouse pointer on the object.
  2. Click mouse button 2.

 The following example shows the pop-up menu for the OS/2 System folder.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

  1. Make sure the mouse pointer is on the object when you click mouse button
     2; otherwise, the pop-up menu for the Desktop folder appears.

  2. If you have selected more than one object, the pop-up menu applies to all
     the selected objects.  For more information about displaying the pop-up
     menu for more than one object, refer to Selecting an Object.

 The menu choices vary because each pop-up menu shows only choices available
 for a specific object. However, some choices are common to most pop-up menus:
 Open, Refresh, Help, Create another, Copy, Move, Create shadow, Find, Select,
 Sort, and Arrange.

 If additional choices are available for a pop-up menu choice, an arrow appears
 to the right.  If you click on the arrow, a cascaded menu (an additional menu)
 appears.  There are two types of arrows:

 o A button-like arrow, which indicates that one of the subsequent choices has
   a check mark next to it and is the default action when you select your
   original choice
 o A flat arrow, which indicates that selecting the main choice opens another
   menu, from which you must make a choice

 To display the additional menu choices, select the arrow to the right of the
 choice.  For example, if you select the arrow to the right of Open, another
 menu appears.  You can select any of the Open choices currently available for
 the object.

     Tip Although you can use pop-up menus to select these choices, you might
     find it easier to do the majority of these tasks using the direct
     manipulation method.  With the direct manipulation method, you use the
     mouse directly on the object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.3. Displaying a Window Pop-Up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To display the pop-up menu for a window, place the mouse pointer in an empty
area on the window and click mouse button 2.  You also can click mouse button 1
or 2 on the title-bar icon in the upper-left corner of any window to display
the pop-up menu.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2. Working with Objects and Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can work with objects in a way that is similar to the way you already work.
For example, during your work day, you might select letters or file folders you
need to work with, or you might copy letters at a copier.  With objects, you
can do the same kinds of tasks.  You can open an object and work with it, or
you can copy, move, discard, or print it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.1. Selecting an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Important! If you are using online information (for example, the Master
     Help Index), "select" has two meanings:  to highlight an object or to
     "open" an object. This book uses "select" to mean only to highlight an
     object.

 To select an object, move the mouse pointer to the object and click mouse
 button 1 to highlight it. (If you click on an object, it is selected and other
 objects are deselected.)

 To select more than one object: c.

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the first object.

  2. Press and hold mouse button 1; then move the pointer over the other
     objects you want to select.

  3. Release the mouse button to highlight the selected objects.

 Or:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the first object.
  2. Press and hold the Ctrl key.
  3. Click mouse button 1 on each of the objects you want to select.

 Or:

  1. Move the pointer to just outside the objects you want to select.
  2. Press and hold mouse button 1; then draw a box around the objects.
  3. Release the mouse button to highlight the selected objects.

 You also can select objects within open folders using the Select choice. This
 choice is used for selecting or deselecting all objects in an open folder.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To select all the objects in a folder using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the folder by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Select. (Select Select all to highlight
     every object in the folder. Deselect all cancels the Select all choice.)

 Note:  If you select objects in a folder and then click on a blank area of
        that folder, all objects are deselected.

     Getting Help

     To display information that describes what an object does:

     o Move the mouse pointer to the object.
     o Press mouse button 1 once to select the object.
     o Press F1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.2. Opening an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

What happens when you open an object depends on the type of object opened.  For
example:

 Data-file object Starts the data file in its associated program. If you
           prefer, you can customize a data-file object to open in more than
           one program object (see Starting Programs by Association).

 Program object or program-file object Starts a program.

 Device object Displays the settings or current view.  In the case of a printer
           object, the queued print jobs are displayed.

 Folder object Displays the default view of the folder, usually icon view.

 When you use an object, the contents appear in a separate area on the screen
 called a window.  You can perform an action on an object in two ways:  You can
 use the mouse directly on the object (direct manipulation) or you can use the
 pop-up menu.

 To open an object using the direct-manipulation method:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.
  2. Press mouse button 1 twice (double-click).

 To open an object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the folder by pointing at it and then clicking
     mouse button 2.
  2. Select Open.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 If you select the arrow to the right of Open, the cascaded menu is displayed
 with the following choices:

 o Settings, which enables you to view or change the current settings of the
   object
 o Icon view, which arranges the objects randomly within the folder
 o Tree view, which arranges the objects in a hierarchy
 o Details view, which displays the settings of the objects (for example, the
   date and time created, the full name, and any special attributes)

 The cascaded menu displays all the views for the folder.  The default view has
 a check mark next to it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.3. Closing an Object or Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To close an object or window using the direct manipulation method:

Double-click mouse button 1 on the title-bar icon in the upper-left corner of
the window.

To close an object or window using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object or window by pointing at the
     title-bar icon and then clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Close.

     Tip If you want to leave a window open, but not have it on the desktop,
     you can hide or minimize it. For information about hiding or minimizing
     windows, see Hiding and Minimizing Open Windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.4. Moving an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can relocate objects using either the direct-manipulation method or the
menu method.

To move an object using the direct-manipulation method:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.
  2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.
  3. Drag the object to the new location.
  4. Release mouse button 2.

 To move an object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Move.  The Move notebook is displayed.
  3. Select a folder icon representing the location to be used for the move.
  4. Select Move to complete the move.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.5. Copying an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can duplicate objects using the direct-manipulation method or the menu
method.

To copy an object using direct-manipulation, you use the keyboard and the
mouse:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.

  2. Press and hold down the Ctrl key.

  3. Press and hold down mouse button 2.

  4. Drag the object to the object where you want a copy.

  5. When the object is over the object you want a copy to appear in, release
     mouse button 2.

  6. Release the Ctrl key.

 The Copy menu choice is used to create a duplicate of an object and its
 contents. If you copy an object to the same folder, the duplicate object is
 given a slightly different name than the original.  If you prefer, you can
 rename the object.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To copy an object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Copy.  The Copy notebook is displayed.
  3. In the New name field, type a new name for the duplicate or keep the
     existing name.
  4. Select a folder icon representing the location to be used for the copy.
  5. Select Copy to complete the copy.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.6. Renaming an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sometimes you might want to rename an object.  For example, if you copy an
object, you probably will want to give the new object a name.  To rename an
object:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the text (title) under the object that you want
     to change.
  2. Press and hold the Alt key; then click mouse button 1 on the title.
  3. Type your changes and use the Backspace key or the Delete key to erase the
     previous name.  If you want a second line for the title, press Enter; then
     type the line.
  4. Click mouse button 1 on the desktop for the change to take effect.

 Or:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the General tab.
  5. Change the name shown in the Title field.
  6. Close the notebook window by double-clicking on the title-bar icon.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.7. Creating a Shadow Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can create a new object that represents the original object and its
contents by creating a shadow object.

Creating a shadow differs from copying because the original and a copy do not
automatically exchange data, but a shadow does.  In effect, a shadow works with
its original, while a copy works independently.  An action performed on either
the original or the shadow (for example, a name change) occurs in both objects.
The exceptions are Move and Delete.

Creating a shadow is useful because you can access data-file objects or folder
objects that are on other physical devices (for example, a second hard disk)
without physically moving the data-file object or folder object to your
desktop.

  1. Although you can create a shadow of a program-file object, it is better to
     use a program object, which references the name of a program-file object.

  2. The Original menu choice on a shadow object lets you locate the original
     object and perform actions such as Delete.

 To create a shadow of an object using direct manipulation:

  1. Place the mouse pointer on the object.
  2. Press and hold down the Ctrl and Shift keys.
  3. Press and hold down mouse button 2.
  4. Drag the object to where you want a shadow to appear; then release mouse
     button 2.
  5. Release the Ctrl and Shift keys.

 To create a shadow of an object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Create shadow.  The Create Shadow notebook is displayed.
  3. Select a folder icon representing the location to be used for the shadow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.8. Printing an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can print or plot the contents of an object using either the
direct-manipulation method or the menu method.

To print an object using the direct-manipulation method:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the object you want to print (for example, a
     data-file object).
  2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.
  3. Drag the object to the printer.  The contents of the object are printed.

 To print the contents of an object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Print. (Select the arrow to the right of Print to select a printer
     other than the default.)

 For more information on printing, see Printing with OS/2 2.1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.9. Deleting an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can delete objects using the direct-manipulation method or the menu method.

To delete an object using the direct-manipulation method:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the object.
  2. Press and hold down mouse button 2.
  3. Drag the object to the Shredder object.

 The Delete menu choice erases an object.  If you delete a folder object, the
 folder and its contents are deleted. Before you delete an object, consider
 that you might not be able to recover it.

 To delete an object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Delete.

 If you receive messages about confirming the deletion, respond to them. If you
 prefer to suppress these messages, see Confirming Delete Actions.

     Tips

     o If you delete a shadow, only the shadow is deleted.  The original is
       unaffected.
     o If you delete a program object, only the program object is deleted.  The
       program file is unaffected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.10. Sorting Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can specify how you want the contents of a folder (including the Desktop
folder) sorted. You can sort by name, type, or specific attributes such as
size.

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the folder or the desktop.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Sort.
  3. Select how you want the folder or the desktop sorted from the menu that is
     displayed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.11. Arranging Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can organize the objects within open folders (including the Desktop).

To arrange all the objects on the desktop:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the desktop by clicking mouse button 2 on an
     area not covered by any objects or windows.
  2. Select Arrange.  The icons are automatically arranged.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To arrange the objects within an open folder:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the open folder by moving the mouse pointer to
     an empty area within it and then clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Arrange.

 In addition to arranging objects in open folders, you also can arrange windows
 (see Arranging Windows by Tiling and Cascading).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.12. Finding Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Find choice is used to search for objects. This choice is available on
folder pop-up menus, including the Desktop folder menu.

  1. Display the pop-up menu for a folder by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Find.

 If you selected Find from a pop-up menu, a Find Results folder is created and
 automatically opened.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 o If you selected Search just this folder, shadows representing the objects
   found in this folder are placed in the Find Results folder.
 o If you selected Search all subfolders, shadows representing the objects
   found in this folder and its subfolders are placed in the Find Results
   folder.
 o If the search was unsuccessful, a message appears informing you that no
   objects matching the specified criteria were found.

     Tip

     If you change the title of an object from within the Find Results folder,
     the name of the original object is changed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.13. Changing Object Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Settings choice in the Open cascaded menu is used to customize object
settings to your preference; for example, you might open the Mouse object to
customize your mouse for left-hand use.

Every object has settings.  Settings are properties or characteristics of an
object that tell the operating system how it is different from other objects.
For example, a program object has settings that tell the operating system how
the program should start each time you open the program object.  For more
information about changing program object settings, refer to Changing the
Settings of Program Objects.

To view or change the settings for an object:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings. The settings appear in a pop-up window that contains a
     notebook with tabs.  The tabs on the notebook indicate that there is
     another page in the notebook.  (Select a tab to view another page or one
     of the arrows on the bottom-right corner of the notebook.)

 For more detailed information about any of the pages in the Settings
 notebooks, click on the Help push button on any page.

 If you change a setting, the change takes place immediately.  You do not have
 to select a button to save the change.  If you change your mind, select the
 Undo push button.  The settings are set back to what they were before you
 opened the notebook. Some notebooks also have a Default push button.  Use it
 to change the settings back to what they were when the system was installed.

     Tip

     Changes to settings that are specific to DOS and WIN-OS/2 programs are not
     saved automatically.  Use the Save push button to save your changes.

 For more information about changing program-object settings, refer to Changing
 the Settings of Program Objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.14. Displaying Object Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The File pages 1, 2, and 3 in the Settings notebook contain information about a
particular object (for example, data-file objects, program-file objects, and
folder objects). Some information is provided by the system; other information
is added or changed by the owner or user of the object.  For example, you can
view the characteristics specified for the object, its size in bytes, or the
date it was created. To display these settings:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the File tab; then change information on any of the pages if
     necessary. For more information about using Settings notebooks, refer to
     Changing the Settings of Program Objects.

 You also can view size and date information for a folder by selecting the
 Details view from the Open cascaded menu choices.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3. Using the Window List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use the Window List to show all active windows (including those hidden
or covered by another window), tile or cascade open windows, and to hide or
close windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1. Displaying the Window List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Display the Window List by moving your mouse pointer over a blank area on the
desktop and clicking mouse buttons 1 and 2 at the same time.  You also can
display the Window List by pressing Ctrl+Esc at the same time.

The following shows several open windows in the Window List.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To select an active window, double-click on the name of the window or make a
 selection and press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.2. Arranging Windows by Tiling and Cascading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to arranging windows by moving each one individually, you can use
the tile and cascade arrangement.  This is useful when you have opened multiple
windows.

The cascade arrangement places the windows in an overlapped sequence with the
active program on top (closest to you). The tile arrangement places the windows
side by side with the active program in the upper-left corner of your screen.
To see how this works, try the following:

  1. Display the Window List.
  2. Select the windows you want to tile or cascade.
  3. Move the mouse pointer over one of the selected windows in the Window
     List.
  4. Press mouse button 2 to display the pop-up menu for the selected windows.
  5. Select Tile or Cascade.

 To arrange all open windows:

  1. Display the Window List.
  2. Display the Window List title-bar icon menu.
  3. Select the arrow to the right of Select.
  4. Select Select all.
  5. Move the mouse pointer over one of the selected windows in the Window
     List.
  6. Press mouse button 2 to display the pop-up menu for the selected windows.
  7. Select Tile or Cascade.

 To arrange multiple windows:

  1. Display the Window List.
  2. Move the mouse pointer over the first window you want to arrange; then
     press Ctrl and mouse button 1.
  3. Repeat the previous step for each window you want to arrange.
  4. Move the mouse pointer over one of the selected windows in the Window
     List.
  5. Press mouse button 2 to display the pop-up menu for the selected windows.
  6. Select Tile or Cascade.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.3. Hiding and Minimizing Open Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to leave a window open, but not have it clutter your desktop, you
can hide or minimize it. If a window has a hide button

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 in the upper-right corner, you can click on it to remove the window from the
 desktop. Its name is placed in the Window List.

 If the window has a minimize button you can click on it to minimize the window
 (for example, the window of a program object).  An icon of the minimized
 window is placed in the Minimized Window Viewer folder and its name is placed
 in the Window List.

 To view an active window that is minimized, open Minimized Window Viewer and
 open the selected object.

 Note:  To change the system default for what happens when you select the
        minimize button, use the Settings notebook for the object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.4. Closing Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Closing windows in the Window List enables you to close programs, objects, and
their associated windows.

To close a selected window :

  1. Display the Window List.
  2. Select the window you want to close.
  3. Move the mouse pointer over the selected window in the Window List.
  4. Press mouse button 2 to display the pop-up menu for the selected window.
  5. Select Close.

 To close all open windows:

  1. Display the Window List.
  2. Display the Window List title-bar icon menu, by clicking a mouse button on
     the title-bar icon on the upper-left corner of the window.
  3. Select the arrow to the right of Select.
  4. Select Select all.
  5. Move the mouse pointer over one of the selected windows in the Window
     List.
  6. Press mouse button 2 to display the pop-up menu for the selected windows.
  7. Select Close.

 To close multiple windows:

  1. Display the Window List.
  2. Move the mouse pointer over the first window you want to close; then press
     Ctrl and mouse button 1.
  3. Repeat the previous step for each window you want to close.
  4. Move the mouse pointer over one of the selected windows in the Window
     List.
  5. Press mouse button 2 to display the pop-up menu for the selected windows.
  6. Select Close.

 You cannot close the desktop from the Window List.  You have to follow the
 OS/2 operating system shutdown process (see Shutting Down Your System).

     Tip

     To close all open objects within a folder whenever you close the folder
     using the Window List, create a work-area folder (see Creating Work-Area
     Folders).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.4. Locking Up Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Lockup now choice on the Desktop pop-up menu is used to lock the keyboard
and mouse. You can specify if you want the keyboard and mouse to lock
automatically or not. To lock your system immediately:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the Desktop folder by clicking mouse button 2
     once while the mouse pointer is on a blank area away from all objects and
     windows.

  2. Select Lockup now.

 To change the settings for the Lockup program:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the Desktop folder.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of the Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the Lockup tab.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.5. Shutting Down Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Shut down choice on the Desktop pop-up menu is used to save any information
residing in a cache (storage buffer).  It also closes all open windows.  Then
when you restart your system, all objects that were open are reopened and
appear in the same view. In addition, some programs are able to save their own
state and can resume exactly where you left off.

To shut down the system:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the Desktop by clicking mouse button 2 while
     the mouse pointer is on a blank area away from all objects and windows.
  2. Select Shut down.

 As a general rule, you should shut down your system before turning off your
 computer; otherwise, you might lose information. Be sure to check all programs
 for unsaved information (such as documents you are editing) before you start
 the shutdown procedure.

 However, there are situations where you might want to restart your system
 without using the shutdown procedure.

 o If you used the Arrange choice on the Desktop folder pop-up menu, it
   rearranged the icons you placed in specific positions on the screen.
   Restarting your system recovers your icon positions.

 o If you opened several folders containing many icons, shutdown will take a
   long time saving the positions of the icons. You might want to restart your
   system without using the Shut down choice on the desktop pop-up menu as long
   as you are certain that you will not lose anything else of importance.

     For the keyboard user

     If you want to shut down your system without using a mouse, do the
     following:

      1. Press Ctrl+Esc to display the Window List.
      2. Press an arrow key to move the cursor to OS/2 2.1 Desktop - Icon View;
         then press Enter.
      3. Press Ctrl+\ to deselect any selected icons on the desktop.
      4. Press Shift+F10 to display the pop-up menu for the desktop.
      5. Press an arrow key to move the cursor to Shut down; then press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6. Organizing the Desktop Folder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Desktop folder is a special folder.  It fills the entire screen and
contains objects, some of which are folders. Every folder corresponds to a
directory in the file system.  The following is an example of the Desktop
folder.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 You can minimize and hide windows for objects to avoid desktop clutter and
 then easily access them from the Minimized Window Viewer.  For more
 information, see Hiding and Minimizing Open Windows.

 When you move objects, their new position is automatically saved.  The system
 comes back the way you left it if you select the Shut down choice on the
 desktop pop-up menu.

 You can organize your desktop to suit your needs by arranging your objects
 into folders that make sense to you. You also can create work-area folders to
 organize objects in folders that relate to a specific task.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1. Using Folders to Organize Your Work ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This typical office scenario shows you how you might use folders to organize
your work.

For example, assume you work with the following items on a daily basis:

 o A printer (device object)
 o An editing program (program object)
 o Corporate policy letters (data-file objects)
 o Personnel memos (data-file objects)
 o A company newsletter (data-file object)

 Here is how you might organize your work:

 o You create a folder by dragging a folder object from the Templates folder to
   the desktop and then name it "Daily Work" (for more information, see
   Templates).
 o You want to put the corporate policy letters, personnel memos, and the
   company newsletter in the "Daily Work" folder, but you also want to keep
   them separate; therefore, you drag three folders from the Templates folder
   to the "Daily Work" folder.

   The following shows the three folders in the Daily Work folder, which is
   displayed in icon view.  For more information about displaying objects in
   different views, see Opening an Object.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.
 o If there are one or more printers you want to use with your letters
   (data-file objects) in these folders, you can place printer objects in the
   "Daily Work" folder as well. If each type of letter requires a different
   printer, or the same printer with different settings (for example, landscape
   or portrait layout), you can create a different printer object for each,
   give it a unique name, and place it in the individual subfolders:
   Corporate, Newsletter, or Personnel.

     Tip You can drag printer objects already set up to these folders, or you
     can create and customize new printer objects. For more information, see
     Creating a Printer Object.
 o Place your data-file objects and any data-file templates you created (for
   example, the "Company letterhead" template) in the folders you want.  The
   settings of the template data-file object might already be customized (for
   example, associated to more than one editing program). For more information
   about data-file templates, see Creating a Template of an Object.
 o Customize the "Daily Work" folder to be a work-area folder (see Creating
   Work-Area Folders next).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2. Creating Work-Area Folders ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Create a work-area folder when you want to gather objects that are related to a
specific task.  For example, you might have one work-area folder with a current
report, previous reports, and a printer with customized settings, and another
work-area folder with charts, documents, and a plotter.

The work-area folder has two special features.

 o When you close the folder, all windows belonging to the objects within the
   folder are closed automatically, and the view of each object is saved.  When
   you open the folder the next time, each object is displayed with its
   previous view.

 o When you hide a folder window, all open windows belonging to the objects
   within the folder are hidden automatically.  When you show the folder window
   (using the Show choice in the Window List), each object is displayed with
   its previous view.

 To create a work-area folder:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the folder by pointing at the object and
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the File tab.
  5. Select the Work area check box.

 For additional information about using Settings notebooks, see Changing Object
 Settings.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3. Adding a Program Choice to the Pop-Up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want another method of accessing a program, you can add the program as a
new menu choice on the pop-up menu of any folder.  For example, the Desktop
pop-up menu can be enhanced to add an "OS/2 window" item.

Do the following:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the Desktop folder by clicking mouse button 2
     on an area not covered by any objects or windows.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings; then select the Menu tab.
  4. From the Actions on Menu choices, select Create another.
  5. Select the Find program push button to find the program object.  (In this
     example, use Find to locate the OS/2 Window object in the Command Prompts
     folder.)
  6. Select OK.
  7. Double-click on the title-bar icon to close the notebook.
  8. Display the Desktop folder pop-up menu again. "OS/2 Window" is added to
     the available menu choices.  If you select this choice, an OS/2 Window is
     displayed.

 Note:  When you open a program object from the pop-up menu of a folder object,
        the name of the object is passed to the program object.  This may cause
        error when the object is opened.  To avoid errors, display the pop-up
        menu for the program object, select the arrow to the right of Open and
        then select Settings.  Type % in the Optional Parameters field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4. Copying Your Desktop Setup ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

After your desktop is set up the way you want it, you can copy the setup to
other OS/2 2.1 systems.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.1. Important ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Do not back up the OS2.INI file before starting OS/2 2.1 for the first time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.2. Copying to a Diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To copy your desktop setup:

  1. Insert the OS/2 Installation Diskette into drive A.
  2. Turn on the computer. If it is already on, display the pop-up menu for the
     desktop; then select Shut down.  After the system is shut down, press and
     hold Ctrl+Alt+Del.  This will restart the system.
  3. When you are prompted to do so, remove the OS/2 Installation Diskette and
     insert Diskette 1.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. When the Welcome screen is displayed, press Esc to display the OS/2
     command prompt.
  6. Use the XCOPY command to copy the DESKTOP directory and its
     subdirectories.  If your desktop is located on drive C, use the following
     example to back up the Desktop folder and its subfolders:

          XCOPY C:\DESKTOP A:\DESKTOP /S /E

     For more information about the XCOPY command, refer to the online Command
     Reference, located in the Information folder.
  7. Copy the OS2.INI and OS2SYS files (located in the OS2 directory) to the
     diskette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.2.1. Important ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have installed the high performance file system (HPFS) and have files
with long file names (for example, REALLONGFILENAME), do not attempt to copy
these files to a diskette.  An error will occur if you attempt to copy files
with long file names to a diskette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4.3. Copying to Another System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Warning: When you copy the desktop setup to another system, it replaces
     the existing setup. You should back up your OS2.INI and OS2SYS.INI files
     and Desktop folder (and all of its subfolders) before proceeding.

     If you copy this desktop setup to a system with a smaller or larger
     display screen than the original system, the icons and windows might
     appear in positions other than those in which they were saved.

 To copy your desktop setup to another system:

  1. Insert the diskette you prepared (see Copying to a Diskette) into drive A.
  2. Copy the OS2.INI and OS2SYS.INI files to the OS2 directory on the new
     system.
  3. Use the XCOPY command to copy the DESKTOP directory and its subdirectories
     from the diskette to the new system. (For information on XCOPY, see the
     online Command Reference.)
  4. Press and hold Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the new system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5. Restoring the Desktop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your desktop becomes damaged (for example, you started a specific version of
DOS and rearranged your hard disk, damaging .INI files or extended attributes),
you must restore the initial .INI and CONFIG.SYS files to restore the desktop.
However, any modifications (such as shadows and associations created after
installation) are lost and must be re-created.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.1. Updating the .INI Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To restore the desktop, do the following to update your existing .INI files:

  1. Restart your computer using the OS/2 Installation Diskette; then insert
     Diskette 1.
  2. Press Esc to display the OS/2 command prompt; then change to the OS/2
     directory.  Type:

               CD\OS2

  3. Type:

             MAKEINI OS2.INI INI.RC  (and press Enter)

             MAKEINI OS2SYS.INI INISYS.RC  (and press Enter)

  4. Delete the hidden file WP?ROOT.?SF in the startable partition.  Type:

             ATTRIB -h -s -r WP?ROOT.?SF  (and press Enter)

             DEL "WP?ROOT.?SF" (and press Enter)

 If the above procedure does not fix the problem, do the following to recover
 the backup .INI files.  You will lose all your desktop customization, but the
 desktop should be restored.

  1. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart your computer.
  2. As soon as you hear a single beep, or you press Enter at the Boot Manager
     menu or power-on password prompt, press and hold Alt+F1.  Hold these keys
     down until you hear rapid beeping.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5.2. Re-creating the .INI Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If the preceding procedures do not fix the damaged desktop, do the following to
re-create the .INI files:

  1. Restart your system using the OS/2 Installation Diskette; then insert
     Diskette 1.
  2. Press Esc to display the  OS/2 command prompt; then change to the OS2
     directory.
  3. Delete the current .INI files.  Type:

             DEL OS2.INI (and press Enter)

             DEL OS2SYS.INI (and press Enter)

  4. Re-create both files using the MAKEINI command.  Type:

             MAKEINI OS2.INI INI.RC (and press Enter)

             MAKEINI OS2SYS.INI INISYS.RC (and press Enter)

  5. Change to the desktop directory, OS!2_2.1_D (FAT) or "OS!2 2.1 DESKTOP"
     (HPFS).
  6. Delete all subfolders (subdirectories) in this directory.
  7. Change to the root directory.
  8. Delete the hidden file WP ROOT. SF in the startable partition.  Type:

               ATTRIB -h -s -r "WP?ROOT.?SF"  (and press Enter)

     Type:

               DEL WP?ROOT.?SF  (and press Enter)

  9. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del.  The desktop is reinstalled to its initial
     installation setup.
 10. Shut down the system using the Shut down choice on the desktop pop-up
     menu.

     Tip Use MAKEINI instead of the Alt+F1 key combination if you do not want
     to replace the CONFIG.SYS file and desktop. The installation process
     places a copy of the original OS2.INI, OS2SYS.INI, and CONFIG.SYS files in
     the OS2\INSTALL subdirectory.  These are the same .INI files created with
     MAKEINI.  They will rebuild the desktop and set it to its initial
     installed state.

     Alt+F1 replaces OS2.INI, OS2SYS.INI, and the CONFIG.SYS files.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7. Part 2:  Objects on the Desktop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Desktop is a folder that contains other objects, some of which are folders.
If you selected the Install all features choice at system installation time,
your screen shows the Desktop folder with the following objects:

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Start Here object helps get you started using the Workplace Shell by
 providing a list of basic tasks.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The OS/2 System object contains the objects that allow you to tailor certain
 properties of the operating system, such as mouse characteristics and screen
 colors.  For more information, see OS/2 System.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Information object contains online information, including the Tutorial,
 Command Reference, Glossary, and REXX Information.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Master Help Index object provides an alphabetic list which contains most
 of the information you need to use OS/2.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Templates object contains forms (templates) that help you create new
 files, folders, programs, and other objects.  For more information, see
 Templates.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Drive A object works the same as Drive A located in the Drives folder (see
 Drives). This object displays a directory listing of the files on a diskette
 in drive A.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Minimized Window Viewer object provides quick access to windows that you
 have minimized. When you open the Minimized Window Viewer, an icon of the
 minimized window is in the folder. Some objects, such as WIN-OS/2 programs,
 online books, and programs that start other programs, do not minimize to the
 Minimized Window Viewer.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Shredder object is used to permanently delete an object.  If you drop an
 object on the shredder, you receive a warning message that the object is about
 to be discarded. You can suppress the confirmation messages by removing the
 check marks from the check boxes on the Confirmations page of the System
 object settings notebook (see Confirming Delete Actions).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8. OS/2 System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This chapter describes the OS/2 System object.  This versatile object contains
folders that let you personalize your desktop and tailor certain properties of
the operating system. When you open OS/2 System, the following objects appear:

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The System Setup folder contains many objects used to change settings for
 system options such as colors, fonts, mouse and keyboard controls, country
 support, and system time. See System Setup.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Startup folder is intended to contain application programs that start
 automatically at system startup time. See Startup.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Drives folder contains objects that let you access diskette drives and
 hard disk drives installed on your system. Use these objects to display
 directory structures and copy files. See Drives.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Command Prompts folder contains objects that let you access the OS/2 and
 DOS full-screen and OS/2 and DOS window command prompts, and WIN-OS/2
 full-screen sessions.  See Command Prompts.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Productivity folder contains tools that assist you in operating system and
 business tasks.  See Productivity.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Games folder contains programs that you can use for entertainment or
 educational purposes. See Games.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9. System Setup ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This chapter describes the System Setup folder object. You can customize your
system by using the objects in the System Setup folder, as pictured below:

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1. Color Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Color Palette is used to customize screen colors. When you open the Color
Palette object, a window appears that contains 30 primary and secondary color
samples.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To set the color of an object on your desktop, drag the desired color from the
 samples on the palette to the object you want to color. When you drag a color
 from the palette, the mouse cursor turns into a paint roller.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.1. Changing Screen Colors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change your screen colors (for example, a window background or a window
part, such as the title bar):

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Color Palette.
  4. Drag a color from the palette to a window background or window part.  For
     example, to paint the background of your desktop blue, drag the color blue
     to an empty place on your screen.

 To change the background color for one window, hold down mouse button 2 and
 drag the color from the palette.  To change the background color for all
 windows on the desktop, hold down Alt and mouse button 2 and drag the color
 from the palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.2. Creating a New Color ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To create a color of your own design:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Color Palette.
  4. Select Edit Color.

     A window appears, in which you can select a base color and then make
     adjustments to it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3. Changing the Color of Icon Title Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to change the color of the title text of all the icons in a folder,
do the following:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Color Palette.
  4. Hold down Ctrl and mouse button 2 and drag a color to an icon.  Drop the
     color; then release Ctrl.  The color of all the icon title text on the
     desktop changes.

 Note:  You cannot change the color of individual icon title text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2. Country ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you installed OS/2 2.1, you determined settings like date, time, numbers,
and currency of a specific country. The Country settings notebook lets you
change these settings.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 You can select a specific country and all the formats are changed
 automatically, or you can make individual format selections. To change country
 formats:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Country.

     Tip Using the Selective Install object in the System Setup folder, you can
     reconfigure the operating system to support another national language
     without having to reinstall the entire operating system (see Selective
     Install).

 For country-dependent information, refer to the COUNTRY statement in the
 online Command Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.3. Device Driver Install ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Device Driver Install object to install a nonprinter device that comes
with a device support diskette.  The device support diskette contains program
files that enable the device to communicate with the operating system.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 If you are installing a device that comes with a device support diskette, do
 the following:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Device Driver Install.

 You will be prompted to insert the device support diskette for that device.
 For additional information, refer to the documentation that came with the
 device.

 You can install any device driver that is included on the installation
 diskettes by adding the appropriate DEVICE statement to your CONFIG.SYS file.
 The DEVICE statements are described in the online Command Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4. Font Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Font Palette window displays samples of some of the fonts installed on your
system.  You can drag a sample font from this window and drop it on any text in
the desktop.  The font of that text changes to the sample font.  Certain
display attributes like underlining and bold can be added from this window.
For a description of the fonts that were automatically installed with your
system, see Fonts.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.1. Changing Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the font for an object:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Font Palette.
  4. Select the font sample you want to use.
  5. Drag the font sample to the object for which you want to change the font.
  6. Release mouse button 2.

     If you drag a font sample to an object on the desktop, all the objects on
     the desktop change to that font.  If you drag a font sample to an open
     object, such as a data-file object, the font changes only for that object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.2. Customizing Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the font typeface name and size of the fonts currently available on
your system:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Font Palette.
  4. Select the Edit font push button. The Edit font window appears.
  5. Select Add or Delete.

 The Edit font window also enables you to add new fonts, delete fonts, or
 change the settings of fonts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.5. Keyboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Keyboard object to adjust the blink rate of the cursor, change the
speed at which a key repeats when held down, and customize the keyboard to make
it easier to use for those with special needs.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.5.1. Changing Keyboard Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To customize the keyboard:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Keyboard.
  4. Select the tab for the setting you want to change.

 Select the Special Needs tab to change the settings to meet special
 requirements.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.5.2. Activating Sticky Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Sticky keys input method lets you press and release a series of keys (for
example, Ctrl+Alt+Del) sequentially but have the keys operate as if the keys
were pressed and released at the same time.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Keyboard.
  4. Select Special Needs.
  5. Select the Settings activation On radio button.
  6. For each key you want to act as a sticky key, press Shift 3 times; then
     press the key you want to stay stuck down.
  7. Repeat the previous step for each key that you want to operate as a sticky
     key.

 To deactivate sticky keys, press and release each sticky key once.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.6. Migrate Applications ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Migrate Applications object to create program objects for DOS, Windows,
and OS/2 programs that you have installed on your hard disk. Each program
object is placed in a folder on the desktop. The Migrate Applications object is
also used to change certain settings for DOS and Windows programs to improve
their performance in the OS/2 operating system.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The feature of the OS/2 operating system that provides Windows program support
 is called WIN-OS/2. The Migrate Applications program always sets up Windows
 programs to run in a WIN-OS/2 window session. You would use the Migrate
 Applications program as follows:

 o During installation of the OS/2 operating system, if you have DOS, OS/2, or
   Windows programs already installed on your hard disk
 o After installation, if you add a DOS, OS/2, or Windows program to a working
   OS/2 operating system

 For more information about programs that run in a WIN-OS/2 window session,
 refer to Using Windows Programs.

 To start the Migrate Applications programs, follow these steps:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Migrate Applications.

     The Find Programs window appears. The Database field displays the OS/2
     operating system default database (DATABASE.DAT).  The Migrate
     Applications program compares programs on your hard disk with the list of
     programs in the database and places any that match in a DOS, OS/2, or
     Windows programs folder on the desktop.


  4. From the Drives field, deselect (click on again) the drives you do not
     want to search.
  5. Deselect any of the types of programs you do not want to migrate in the
     Program type field; otherwise, the default is to migrate all the listed
     programs.
  6. Select Find.  The Migrate Programs window appears.  Programs are listed in
     the Applications list.

     If your program is not in the list:

     a. Select Add Programs.  The Add Programs window appears.  Programs are
        listed in the Available Programs field.
     b. Select a program.  The Working directory and Program title fields are
        filled in.  You can type a new title if you want.
     c. Type the appropriate parameters in the Parameters field.  (Refer to the
        instructions that came with your program.)
     d. Select a program type to migrate from the Program type list. The
        Migrate Applications program creates Additional Programs folders based
        on the types of programs you specify (for example, an Additional DOS
        Programs folder and an Additional Windows Programs folder).
     e. Select Add.  The program moves to the Selected Programs field.
     f. Select OK.  The Migrate Programs window appears.

  7. Select Migrate to migrate all the selected programs.  When migration is
     complete, the Find Programs window appears.
  8. Select Exit.

 The Migrate Applications program creates a DOS Programs folder, a Windows
 Programs folder, and a WIN-OS/2 Program Manager folder.  The programs in these
 folders have preselected settings that work best for the performance of your
 programs.

 If you use the Add Programs push button, the Migrate Applications program
 creates the Additional DOS Programs folder and the Additional Windows Programs
 folder.  It also creates the Additional OS/2 Programs folder, if you select
 OS/2 programs. The programs in these folders have default settings.  If these
 programs do not run correctly, you can specify other settings.  Refer to "DOS
 and WIN-OS/2 settings" in the Master Help Index.

 Some Windows programs contain DOS programs. These Windows program objects are
 placed on the desktop in a folder with the program name.

 Instead of using the default database, DATABASE.DAT, you can use the PARSEDB
 utility program to create your own database.  For more information, select the
 Help push button in any Find Programs window, or refer to "creating a
 migration database" in the Master Help Index.

     Tip If your computer had a previous version of the OS/2 operating system,
     you might see a folder on your desktop with the same name as one of your
     old groups.  This folder contains program objects that represent your old
     programs; however, the Migrate Applications program also puts these
     programs and program objects in other folders (DOS Programs or Windows
     Programs folders).

     Use the program objects in these new folders rather than the old group
     name folders because the preselected settings will work best for the
     performance of your program.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.7. Mouse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Mouse object to change the behavior of your mouse.  You can:

 o Control the speed of the mouse pointer
 o Change the mouse for left-handed use
 o Customize the Alt, Shift, and Ctrl key combinations

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To change the mouse settings:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Mouse.

 Use the Timings page to change how quickly actions occur when you use the
 mouse.  Use the Setup page to customize the mouse for left-hand use or
 right-hand use.  If you change the setting, the button settings on the
 Mappings page are automatically updated; however, you also can customize them
 individually.

     Tip Using the Selective Install object in the System Setup folder, you can
     reconfigure the operating system to support another pointing device
     without having to reinstall the entire operating system (see Selective
     Install).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.8. Scheme Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Scheme Palette object contains a set of colors used to change the color
scheme for window parts. The palette window shows different schemes you can
use.  You can change any of the current settings for colors or fonts for window
text, menus, menu bars, and screen backgrounds.  In addition, you can change
the width of the horizontal and vertical window borders.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 You can change screen colors by creating your own window schemes or using
 preset window schemes, such as spring, summer, autumn, or winter colors.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Select Scheme Palette.
  4. Select a scheme from the list.
  5. Drag the window scheme to the desktop or to an active window.

 If you drop the scheme sample on the desktop, press Alt+mouse button 2; then
 all windows in the desktop change to the selected scheme. If you drag a scheme
 sample using only mouse button 2 and drop it on an open window, only that
 window changes to the selected scheme.

     Tip

     To display a colorful picture (bit map) on the background of your folder
     windows or the Desktop folder:

      1. Display the pop-up menu for a folder.
      2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
      3. Select Settings.
      4. Select the Background tab.
      5. Select the Image radio button in the Background type field.
      6. Select the arrow to the right of the Image File field.
      7. Select a file with a .BMP file-name extension.

     The image appears in the background of your folder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.9. Selective Install ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Selective Install object to add features that you did not include when
you originally installed the operating system.  You also can use the Selective
Install object to change the mouse, display adapter, or country information for
your system.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.9.1. Adding Options after Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Make sure you have your installation diskettes before you begin this procedure.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Selective Install.
  4. Select from the System Configuration window any of the choices that you
     want to change or add.
  5. Select OK.
  6. Remove the check mark to the left of any feature you want to add. If a
     More push button is displayed to the right of a feature, select it to see
     additional choices.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.9.2. Adding Online Documentation after Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Make sure you have your installation diskettes before you begin this procedure.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Selective Install.
  4. Select OK when the System Configuration window is displayed.
  5. Select the check box to the left of Documentation.
  6. Select More to the right of Documentation.
  7. Select the check box to the left of any documentation unit you want to
     add.
  8. Select OK.
  9. Select Install.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.9.3. Changing Display Adapter Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adding or changing display adapter support is done automatically by the OS/2
Installation program. To change the display adapter support after OS/2 2.1 is
installed, do the following:

Make sure you have the installation diskettes before beginning this procedure.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Selective Install.
  4. Select Primary Display or Secondary Display from the System Configuration
     window.
  5. Select OK.
  6. Select the display adapter that you want from the list provided.
  7. Select OK.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.10. Sound ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Sound object is used by an application to generate a Warning Beep.  The
beep can be turned off.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 You can indicate whether a beep should be heard when a warning message is
 displayed or an invalid key is pressed.  To customize the sound settings:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Sound.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.11. Spooler ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Spooling temporarily stores print jobs while waiting for an available printer
or port.  OS/2 2.1 includes a spooler for printouts you request in OS/2, DOS,
and WIN-OS/2 sessions.  When you print, the system creates a spool file which
is held in place in the SPOOL directory.  The SPOOL directory is created by the
system during installation.  You can use the Spooler object to change the
location of the spooler path or to disable the spooler.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.11.1. Enabling the Spooler ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Display the pop-up menu for the Spooler object.
  4. Select Enable spooler.  (If the Disable spooler choice is indicated, it
     means that the spooler is already enabled.)
 Spooling takes effect immediately. You do not need to restart your system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.11.2. Changing the Spooler Path ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use this procedure if you print often, or if you print large jobs and need a
separate storage area, such as a large disk, for spool files.  Be sure to wait
until all your jobs finish printing, or delete any pending jobs.

  1. Select all the printer objects.
  2. Select Hold from the pop-up menu of each printer object.
  3. Open OS/2 System.
  4. Open System Setup.
  5. Open Spooler. By default, the Spooler Settings notebook appears.
  6. Select Spool path.
  7. In the Spool path field, type the new path.
  8. Close the Spool Path window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.11.3. Changing the Print Priority ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can set the print priority higher or lower to adjust the speed at which
spooled print jobs are printed.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Spooler. By default, the Spooler Settings notebook appears.
  4. Select the Print priority page.
  5. Move the slider arm to select priority.
  6. Close the Spooler object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.11.4. Disabling the Spooler ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To print jobs that have a high-security risk and that you want to prevent other
persons from viewing in a printer object window:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Display the pop-up menu for the Spooler object.
  4. Select Disable spooler. (If the Enable spooler choice is indicated, it
     means that the spooler is already disabled.)
  5. Restart your system.

 When the Spooler is disabled, your print jobs go directly to a printer.
 However, a printout might contain material from different jobs mixed together.
 You cannot disable spooling to a network printer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12. System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The System object is used to change system defaults. In addition, you can
specify if you want window animation on or off.  You can also select how you
want a window that is already open to be displayed and where you want windows
that you have minimized to be displayed. This notebook is also used to specify
that a confirmation message should display and to turn off the product
information window.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12.1. Confirming Delete Actions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can specify if you want a confirmation message displayed each time you
delete an object or a folder.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Confirmations tab.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12.2. Resolving Title Conflicts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To specify how the system is to respond to title conflicts if you create, copy,
or move an object into a folder that already has an object with the same name:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Title tab.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12.3. Changing Window Actions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change window actions for the system (change system defaults):

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Window tab.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12.4. Printing a Screen ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can specify if you want to print the full screen of an open window in an
OS/2 session.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Print Screen tab.
  5. Select the Enable radio button
  6. Place the pointer in any open window.
  7. Press Print Screen


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12.5. Displaying Logos ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can specify if you want logos to be displayed on the screen and for how
long.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Logo tab.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.12.6. Changing Screen Resolution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the screen resolution for an XGA display adapter:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Screen tab.

 Note:  The Screen tab appears on the System Settings notebook only if you have
        an XGA display adapter.

     Window borders off screen

     After changing screen resolutions from a higher resolution to a lower
     resolution, some applications might open windows that are partially off
     the screen. If this occurs, press Ctrl+Esc to display the Window List.
     Click mouse button 2 over the name of the program.  From the pop-up menu,
     click on the Tile or Cascade choice.  The window will now appear on the
     screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.13. System Clock ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the System Clock object to set the system date and time or to set an alarm.
You can display the clock in either analog or digital mode.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To set the system clock:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Select System Clock.
  4. Display the pop-up menu for System Clock.
  5. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  6. Select Settings.
  7. Select the tab for the setting you want to change.
  8. Select View; change the View page if necessary.  (To view a different View
     page, use an arrow at the lower-right corner of the window.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.14. WIN-OS/2 Setup ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the WIN-OS/2 Setup object to select a public or private clipboard or
dynamic data exchange (DDE). The clipboard and DDE are features that allow data
exchange between programs.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 If you are using Windows programs that can share information using the
 clipboard or Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) feature, then you can change the way
 these features work in all WIN-OS/2 sessions.

 Note:  Be sure you check with the instructions that came with your program to
        determine if these features are supported.

 The clipboard is an area that temporarily holds data.  Data is placed on the
 clipboard by selecting cut or copy from a menu.  You can cut (move) or copy
 data from one document and paste it into another document, even if the other
 document is in a different program.  For example, you can place a spreadsheet
 from one program into a document from another program.

 The DDE feature affects the exchange of data between programs. Any change made
 to information in one file is applied to the same information in an associated
 file.  In the example above, if changes are made to the original spreadsheet,
 corresponding changes are made to the spreadsheet in the document.  If changes
 are made to the spreadsheet in the document, corresponding changes are made to
 the original spreadsheet.

 The clipboard and DDE can be set to Public or Private.  When the clipboard or
 DDE is set to Public, information can be shared with other sessions.  This
 means that information from OS/2, DOS, and Windows programs can be shared.
 When the clipboard or DDE is set to Private, sharing data between sessions is
 restricted.  When OS/2 is installed, the clipboard and DDE are set to Public.

 Windows programs that have the clipboard or DDE feature are set up during
 installation of the OS/2 operating system to use a public setting for all
 WIN-OS/2 sessions. However, this may not be the best solution for you.
 Therefore, you can use the WIN-OS/2 Setup object to set these features to
 private. You can further customize the way you use these features by using the
 Settings notebook of the program object (see Changing the Settings of Program
 Objects).  For further information, see "clipboard" in the Master Help Index.

 To change the clipboard or DDE feature to private:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open WIN-OS/2 Setup.
  4. Select Data Exchange.
  5. Select the private radio button for Dynamic Data Exchange or Clipboard.
  6. Close the Settings notebook.

 Note:  If you change the settings for the clipboard or DDE to private and you
        have programs already running in a WIN-OS/2 session, the settings for
        those programs remain Public until the next time you start the program.

 For related information about WIN-OS/2 and Windows Programs, see Using Windows
 Programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10. Startup ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Startup folder is used to contain those programs you want to open
automatically when the system starts.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 This chapter describes how to start programs automatically using the Startup
 folder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1. Starting Programs Automatically ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have a program that you use frequently, you might want to start it each
time the computer starts.  You can do this by dragging a copy of the object
into the Startup folder.

Whenever you restart your system, any program object in the folder
automatically starts (for example, an emulator program that connects your
personal computer to a host system). You also can run any batch file from this
folder. The following is a sample Startup folder:

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To place a program object in the Startup folder:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Startup.
  3. Drag or copy the object to the Startup folder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2. Preventing Automatic Startup ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Programs located in the Startup folder or programs running at the time the
computer was shut down will automatically start when the computer is restarted.
To prevent programs from starting, do the following.

  1. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the computer.
  2. When you see the desktop animation (similar to an exploding box), press
     and hold Ctrl+Shift+F1.
  3. Hold the keys for approximately 15 seconds, or until the desktop appears.
     (If the hard disk light stops flashing during this time, your computer
     might be suspended. Release the keys quickly, and then resume holding the
     keys until the desktop icons appear.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3. Tips for Starting Up Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Startup folder is the Workplace Shell equivalent of a STARTUP.CMD file.  A
STARTUP.CMD file automatically starts programs at system startup. Objects
placed in a Startup folder are started when the Desktop folder is opened. You
cannot specify the order in which the objects are started.

 o Place the program objects, instead of the executable program-file objects in
   the folder.
 o Create a shadow of a program object and place the shadow in the folder.
   Then, if you change any attributes of the program object, the changes will
   also apply to the shadow when you start your system.

 The STARTUP.CMD file starts before the Workplace Shell; therefore, you cannot
 start programs using this file if the desktop is up and running.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1. Customized Startup ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want a customized system startup, you can update your CONFIG.SYS file
with the following statements:

SET RESTARTOBJECTS =

 YES                       Start all objects that were running at time of
                           shutdown and all objects in the Startup folder.
                           This is the default.

 NO                        Do not start any applications that were running at
                           time of shutdown.  Do not start the objects in the
                           Startup folder.

 STARTUPFOLDERSONLY        Start objects only in the Startup folder.

 REBOOTONLY                Start objects only if the OS/2 Workplace Shell is
                           starting after resetting with Ctrl+Alt+Del or
                           turning on the computer. This parameter can be used
                           with one of the other parameters (for example, YES).

 SET AUTOSTART =

 FOLDERS                   Open all folders, including the Desktop folder.

 TASKLIST                  Open the Window List.

 PROGRAMS                  Open all programs.

 CONNECTIONS               Re-create the network connections established when
                           you last logged on.

 Note:  The SET AUTOSTART statement is used to start parts of the Workplace
        Shell.  Eliminating any of the options from the previously described
        statements, restricts users from accessing portions of the shell, thus
        limiting a user to only a few programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1.1. File Systems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are using the file allocation table (FAT) file system, update the
DISKCACHE= statement in your CONFIG.SYS file by adding AC:x at the end of the
statement. x stands for the drive letters of your FAT partitions.  For example,
if drives C and D are FAT partitions and your DISKCACHE statement is the
following:

       DISKCACHE=64,LW
change it to read:

       DISKCACHE=64,LW,AC:CD

This change causes OS/2 2.1 to automatically run the CHKDSK program on the
specified partitions if the system shuts down improperly.

If you are using the High Performance File System (HPFS), this function is done
automatically.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11. Drives ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This chapter describes how to use the Drives folder to access and use the
different types of storage media installed in your computer.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 When opened, the Drives folder provides a view of all disk drive objects in
 the system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1. About Disk Drives ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

As with random-access memory (RAM), the amount of space on a disk is measured
in bytes.  However, unlike information stored in RAM, information stored on a
disk is not deleted when you turn off your computer.  You can delete the
information on a disk, and with proper care, you can use the disk over and over
again.

Your computer's disk drives move information stored on disks into and out of
random-access memory.  For example, your computer can read software
instructions from a disk into random-access memory and write your data to a
disk for safekeeping.

There are two kinds of disk drives:  a hard disk drive and a diskette drive.  A
hard disk drive contains a nonremovable disk that is built into your computer.
With a hard disk drive, you can store large amounts of information in one
convenient place, instead of storing it on many diskettes. A diskette drive
holds a removable diskette, which has less storage capacity than a hard disk.

The hard disk drive can also write and read information to and from your
computer much faster than a diskette drive.  When your computer writes or reads
information to or from a disk, the indicator light for the drive goes on.

Each disk drive has a letter assigned to it so you can direct the computer to
find instructions and information.  For example, on many computers the diskette
drive is called drive A and the hard disk is called drive C.

Diskettes are removable and come in various sizes.  Many computers use
5.25-inch diskettes, which are thin, flexible, and somewhat fragile.  Some
computers use 3.5-inch diskettes, which are protected by a hard plastic cover
that makes them more durable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2. Accessing Hard Disks and Diskettes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use the Drives folder to access your hard disks and diskettes so that
you can view the disk information, display the files on the disks, and copy and
move files.  The files can be viewed as objects so they can be easily copied
and moved with the mouse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2.1. Viewing Disk Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

File sizes are measured in bytes. One byte is the amount of space it takes to
store a character. A kilobyte is 1024 bytes and is abbreviated as KB. A
megabyte is 1024KB (about a million bytes) and is abbreviated as MB. For
example, if a diskette can store 1.2 million bytes of information, it is a
1.2MB diskette. The following terms are equivalent:

  1MB = 1024KB = 1048576 bytes

To view disk information for bytes, kilobytes, and megabytes:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Drives.
  3. Select the drive object for which you want information.
  4. Display the pop-up menu for the drive object.
  5. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  6. Select Settings.
  7. Select Details.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2.2. Displaying Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The drive objects are container objects that display the contents of the
directories available to you. To display the objects that are on your hard disk
(for example, drive C):

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Drives.
  3. Open Drive C. If there are folder objects on the disk, the view displayed
     is tree view; otherwise, the default is icon view.
  4. To display the contents of a tree view, click mouse button 1 on the plus
     sign (+) to expand the contents. Double-click mouse button 1 on any of the
     folders to open the folder and display its contents.

 The contents of your hard disk are displayed in a tree view, as shown here:

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Or:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Drives.
  3. Display the pop-up menu for one of the drive objects by pointing at the
     object and then clicking mouse button 2.
  4. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  5. Click on the view in which you prefer to view the contents of the drive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2.3. Copying and Moving Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can copy or move the objects displayed for the drive to the Desktop or any
other folder.

By default, if you drag an object between a hard disk and a diskette (or other
removable media), it is copied. If you drag a read-only object, it also is
copied.

To cause the drag operation to be a move, hold down the Shift key while
dragging the object to the new location; then release the mouse button and then
the Shift key. To cause the drag operation to be a copy, hold down the Ctrl key
while dragging the object; then release the mouse button and then the Ctrl key.

For more information on copying and moving objects, see Moving an Object and
Copying an Object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.3. Formatting Hard Disks and Diskettes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To prepare a diskette or hard disk for the first time, you must format it.
Formatting a hard disk or diskette removes any information previously stored
and prepares it so it is compatible with the drive on your computer.  Be sure
to check the diskette or hard disk before you format it, or you might delete
important files.

To format a hard disk or diskette:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Drives.
  3. Display the pop-up menu for the object (for example, Drive A) you want to
     format by pointing at the object and then clicking mouse button 2.
  4. Select Format disk.

     Types of Diskette Drives

     Not all types of diskettes are compatible with all types of diskette
     drives. A diskette must be formatted at a capacity less than or equal to
     the capacity of the diskette drive in order for the diskette and the drive
     to be compatible. For example, if you have a high density 3.5-inch
     diskette drive designed to work with 2.88MB diskettes, you can use
     diskettes formatted as 1.44KB. However, if you have a 1.44KB diskette
     drive, you cannot use a 2.88MB diskette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.4. Copying Diskettes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To copy the contents of a diskette in the source drive to a diskette in the
target drive:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Drives.
  3. Display the pop-up menu for the source drive.
  4. Select Copy disk.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.5. Copying from a Diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  1. Insert your diskette in the diskette drive.
  2. Open the drive object (for example, Drive A).  The contents are displayed.
  3. Select the object you want to copy.
  4. Press and hold Ctrl.
  5. Press and hold mouse button 2 while pointing at the object.
  6. Drag the object to any folder including the Desktop folder.

 If you want to copy multiple objects:

  1. Move the mouse pointer to the first object you want to select.
  2. Press and hold mouse button 1; then move the pointer over the other
     objects you want.
  3. Release the mouse button.
  4. Press and hold Ctrl.
  5. Press and hold mouse button 2 while pointing at the objects.
  6. Drag the objects to any folder.

     Protecting Information on Diskette

     A 5.25-inch diskette has a write-protect notch located on the right side.
     You can place a write-protect tab over the notch to protect the
     information stored on the diskette.  A 3.5-inch diskette can be
     write-protected by sliding a built-in tab to reveal the write-protect
     hole.

     To store information on a write-protected diskette, you must remove the
     write-protect tab from the 5.25-inch diskette, or slide the tab back over
     the write-protect hole on a 3.5-inch diskette.  When you have finished
     changing the information on a write-protected diskette, replace the
     write-protect tab.

     If a diskette does not have a write-protect notch or tab, the diskette is
     permanently write-protected.  Many software manufacturers use permanently
     write-protected diskettes to prevent the information on the diskettes from
     being accidentally changed or deleted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.6. Deleting Online Documentation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To delete online documentation (such as the Command Reference) that you
previously installed, do the following:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Drives.
  3. Open the drive on which your operating system is installed.
  4. Open OS/2 to display the contents of that folder.
  5. Open Book.
  6. Select the book you want to delete.
  7. Press and hold mouse button 2.
  8. Drag the book to the Shredder.
  9. Release mouse button 2.

 If you want to also remove the book object from the Information folder, do the
 following:

  1. Open Information.
  2. Select the object that you want to delete.
  3. Press and hold mouse button 2.
  4. Drag the object to the Shredder.
  5. Release mouse button 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12. Command Prompts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Command Prompts folder contains objects that open command-line sessions for
DOS, OS/2, and WIN-OS/2.  A session is one instance of a started program or
command prompt. Each session is separate from all other sessions that might be
running on the computer. The OS/2 operating system uses sessions to help you
move from one program to the next without disrupting the screen display.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The session types are described in this chapter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1. OS/2 Command Prompts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Use OS/2 Full Screen to display the OS/2 command prompt in a full-screen
 session. Use OS/2 Window to display the OS/2 command prompt in a window
 session.

 To start an OS/2 window session, an OS/2 full-screen session, or both:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Open OS/2 Window, OS/2 Full Screen, or both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2. DOS Command Prompts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Use DOS Full Screen to display the DOS command prompt in a full-screen
 session. Use DOS Window to display the DOS command prompt in a window session.

 To start a DOS window session, a DOS full-screen session, or both:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Open DOS Window, DOS Full Screen, or both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3. DOS from Drive A ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Use DOS from Drive A to start DOS version 3.0 or later from a DOS startup
 diskette.

 Before you can use a specific DOS version from a diskette, you must create a
 DOS startup diskette to use with the OS/2 operating system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.1. Creating the DOS Startup Diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To set up a DOS session that loads DOS from a diskette:

  1. Create a DOS startup diskette.  Use the instructions in the documentation
     for your DOS program.
  2. If the startup diskette does not have the files CONFIG.SYS and
     AUTOEXEC.BAT, copy them from your DOS program diskette to the startup
     diskette you just created.
  3. Copy the FSFILTER.SYS program-file object to your DOS startup diskette or
     start a DOS or OS/2 session; then type:

             COPY OS2\MDOS\FSFILTER.SYS A:

  4. Make the required changes to the CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT files on the
     startup diskette you just created (see "Changing CONFIG.SYS and
     AUTOEXEC.BAT for a Specific DOS Version" in the Master Help Index).
  5. Create a new DOS session object.  You can create a new session by copying
     the object (see Copying an Object).
  6. Following these steps to change the DOS Setting to DOS_STARTUP_DRIVE:

     a. Display the pop-up menu for the object.
     b. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
     c. Select Settings.
     d. Select the Session tab.
     e. Select the DOS settings push button.
     f. Select DOS_STARTUP_DRIVE from the Setting selection list.
     g. Type A: in the Value field.
     h. Select the Save push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.2. Starting DOS from Drive A ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To use the startup diskette:

  1. Insert the DOS startup diskette in drive A.
  2. Open OS/2 System.
  3. Open Command Prompts.
  4. Open DOS from Drive A.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4. WIN-OS/2 Full Screen ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Use WIN-OS/2 Full Screen to display Microsoft** Windows** programs in a
 full-screen session. If you select the WIN-OS/2 Full Screen object, you start
 a session from which you can then start multiple Windows programs. Details of
 this object are discussed in Using Windows Programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5. Starting Multiple Command Prompts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can start more than one command prompt at the same time.  For example, you
can run two DOS window sessions, a DOS full-screen session, an OS/2 window
session, and two OS/2 full-screen sessions.

To start more than one session of the same type:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Copy one of the objects (for example, DOS Window) by holding down the Ctrl
     key and mouse button 2 and dragging the object to the same or another
     folder.  Then release the mouse button and the Ctrl key.
  4. Open the object to start the session.  Repeat the steps to open another
     session.

 Or, if you want to start multiple command prompts often, you can create a
 template of the command prompt object:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Display the pop-up menu for the object (for example, DOS Window) by
     pointing at the object and then clicking mouse button 2.
  4. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  5. Select Settings.
  6. Select the General tab.
  7. Select the Template check box.
  8. Close the notebook by double-clicking mouse button 1 on the title-bar
     icon.  The command prompt is now a template.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6. Leaving a Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You might want to temporarily leave a program and work on another program in a
different session.  For example, if you are writing a letter, you might want to
switch to your spreadsheet program and create a spreadsheet to insert in your
letter.

To temporarily leave a session, press Alt+Esc.  Your work remains as you left
it.  If your program is in a full screen session and you want to use the Window
List, press Ctrl+Esc.

When you have completed your work, you will probably want to close your program
and all open windows related to that program. In other words, you want to clear
your desktop.

Before closing a session, be sure to save all important data. When you close a
session, every program and related windows are automatically closed.

To close a session, type exit at the command prompt.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7. Creating BASICA and QBASIC Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To create BASICA or QBASIC programs, do the following:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Open OS/2 full screen, OS/2 window, DOS full screen, or DOS window.
  4. Type basica or qbasic at the command prompt; then press Enter.

 Note:  BASICA is only supported on IBM systems.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8. Using PMREXX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use PMREXX to view the output of REXX programs that have the extension of .CMD.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Select OS/2 full screen or OS/2 window.
  4. Type PMREXX followed by the file name of the REXX program you want to run
     at the command prompt and press Enter.

 You do not need to type the .CMD extension to run a REXX program.  For more
 information on REXX, see the online REXX Reference located in the Information
 folder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13. Productivity ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Productivity folder provides programs that assist you in editing text and
icons, keeping a diary, creating charts and drawings, searching for files or
text, displaying system utilization, and using a terminal emulator.  Each
productivity program has a set of help menus to assist you with using the
program.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To start a Productivity program:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Productivity.
  3. Open the program you want to use.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.1. Activities List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Before you use the Activities List, you must create a list of events in the
 Daily Planner (see Daily Planner). The Activities List displays the list
 entries from the Daily Planner.  You can customize the list by changing its
 colors and font size.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.2. Alarms ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Alarms is a program that enables you to set alarms to go off during the day.
 This program is related to the Activities List (see Activities List) and the
 Daily Planner (see Daily Planner). Also use the Tune Editor to create and edit
 tunes for this program (see Tune Editor).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3. Calculator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Calculator program is an electronic calculator that you can use to perform
 mathematical calculations. You enter calculations with a mouse or the
 keyboard. The tally is displayed in a window and can also be printed. The
 calculator has memory recall and a menu that you can use to customize decimal
 placement, colors, and font sizes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4. Calendar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Calendar is a program that enables you to look at a day, month, and year of
 your choice.  You can view statistics for the current year; however, you must
 have used related programs such as Daily Planner (see Daily Planner), Monthly
 Planner (see Monthly Planner), or Activities List (see Activities List).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5. Clipboard Viewer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Clipboard Viewer is a program that enables you to view the contents of the
 OS/2 clipboard.  The system clipboard is used to share information between
 programs in the same session or in different sessions (for information about
 sessions, see Command Prompts).  It temporarily holds data being passed from
 one program to another. You can copy or cut information to the clipboard from
 a program in one session and then paste the information from the clipboard to
 a program in a different session.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6. Daily Planner ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Daily Planner is a program that enables you to keep track of your past and
 future activities.  With the planner you can set an alarm for a future
 activity, mark an activity as completed, and archive the activity for future
 reference.  You can also customize the planner by changing its colors and font
 size.

 The Daily Planner is related to the Alarms (see Alarms), Activities List (see
 Activities List), and To-Do List Archive (see To-Do List Archive) programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.7. Database ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Database is a program that enables you to keep a miniature database.  The data
 base consists of a group of one or more records with each record containing
 eight lines (fields).  An example of a data base is a telephone list of people
 you know.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.8. Enhanced Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Enhanced Editor is an editor you can use to create and edit text files.  It
 also enables you to work on multiple files at the same time.  You can start
 the Enhanced Editor by opening its object or by typing EPM at the OS/2 command
 prompt and pressing Enter.

 The Enhanced Editor has a number of features and functions. These features and
 functions are thoroughly explained in the Quick Reference help file located
 under the Help menu bar choice of the Enhanced Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.9. Fax/PM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Fax/PM is a program you can use to send and receive one page faxes.  To send
 and receive faxes using Fax/PM, you need a telephone, a Class 2 fax modem, and
 serial support installed.  If you did not choose serial support during
 installation and you would like to install serial support, go to the OS/2
 System Setup folder and open Selective Install. Fax/PM provides a modem
 simulation for demonstration purposes.  Modem simulation does not require a
 modem or serial support.

 You can send and receive faxes from OS/2, DOS, or Windows sessions.  Fax/PM
 will save you time because you will not have to stand by a fax machine, and
 you can send a fax message from your portable computer back to your office.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.10. Icon Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Icon Editor is a tool that enables you to create, edit, and convert image
 files.  These files include icons, bit maps, and pointers.  An icon is a
 graphical representation of an object or a minimized program. A bit map is a
 special type of image made up of a series of dots.  The OS/2 logo is an
 example of a bit map.  A pointer is a small symbol on the screen that reflects
 the movement of the mouse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.11. Monthly Planner ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Monthly Planner is a tool for recording and viewing activities of the current
 month.  The window shows alarms that are set for the specific days. The
 planner works in conjunction with the Alarm (see Alarms) and Daily Planner
 (see Daily Planner) programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.12. Notepad ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Notepad is a convenient place to keep personal notes.  The Notepad contains 5
 pages that are stacked on top of each other.  You type directly on the top
 page and then file the page to save your notes. The menu bar choices provide
 access to several features for customizing a page.  One particularly nice
 feature lets you select a picture.  The picture is automatically placed on the
 top page of the Notepad.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.13. OS/2 System Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The OS/2 System Editor is used to create and edit text files. You can use the
 System Editor to edit your CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT system files. The
 System Editor runs in a window.  You can start several sessions of the System
 Editor so that you can edit several files at once. You can start the System
 Editor two ways:

 o By selecting its object, or
 o By typing E (and pressing Enter) at an OS/2 command line

   If you want to edit a particular file, you follow the E with a space and
   then type the path and file name of the file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.14. Picture Viewer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Picture Viewer displays and prints metafile (files with a .MET file name
 extension) and picture interchange format (files with a .PIF file name
 extension) files.  You can also view spooler files (files with a .SPL file
 name extension); however, the file must contain a picture in a standard OS/2
 format. Picture Viewer lets you zoom in or zoom out of a picture after it is
 displayed.  Move the mouse pointer to the portion of the picture you want to
 zoom in and then double-click mouse button 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.15. Planner Archive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Planner Archive is a list of entries that were archived with the Daily
 Planner.  You can view specific archived entries, create a statistics panel,
 and print the archive file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.16. PM Terminal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 PM Terminal is a communications program.  It emulates terminals and allows for
 data transfer between two computers.  A modem is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.17. PM Chart ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 PM Chart is a chart-making program. You can easily create business
 presentations, charts, and drawings. The program has a menu bar that provides
 editing functions, a color palette for text and screen, and more.  The tool
 bar (along the left side of the window) contains selections including a work
 sheet, aids for drawing, windows for text alignment, and font selection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.18. Pulse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Pulse is a system monitor.  Use Pulse to see a graphic representation of how
 different activities affect the system and how much processor power is still
 available for other programs.  You can change the colors of the graphic,
 adjust the graph line, and freeze the screen image.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.19. Seek and Scan Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Seek and Scan Files is a program that quickly searches one or more disks for
 files or text.  When a file match is found, it is displayed in a selection
 list.  Then you can open (or run) the selected file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.20. Spreadsheet ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Spreadsheet is a spreadsheet program.  A spreadsheet program displays a
 worksheet in which a table of cells is arranged in rows and columns.  Changing
 the contents of numeric cells causes a recalculation of the worksheet based on
 how the relations among the cells are defined. The Spreadsheet program has 26
 columns and 40 rows.  Use this spreadsheet to keep track of monthly
 expenditures, sales figures, or any other information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.21. Sticky Pad ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Sticky Pad is a place to keep small reminder notes that "stick" to one of the
 four corners of your computer screen. You can have up to ten Sticky Pad notes
 on your screen at one time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.22. To-Do List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To-Do List is a program that tracks your daily activities.  Each day you can
 type what has to be completed, assign it a priority, and then sort the list by
 priority. After each task is completed, you can mark each line. You can
 customize the list by changing its colors and font size.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.23. To-Do List Archive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To-Do List Archive is a list of entries that were archived with the To-Do
 List.  You can print the archive file, sort it, or view specific entries.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.24. Tune Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Tune Editor is a program that enables you to create and edit tunes to be used
 with the Alarms (see Alarms) program. Each file can contain up to 36
 individual tunes.  Using the menu bar, you can play the tunes, or if you know
 how to read and write music, you can edit the tunes.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14. Games ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Games folder provides you with entertainment and teaches you how to use a
mouse.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 To start a game:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Games.
  3. Select the name of the game you want to play.

 The Games folder contains all of the games in this chapter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1. Cat and Mouse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Cat and Mouse is a game to help you learn how to use the mouse.  It also
 teaches you how to use a window control called a slider bar. After you enable
 the cat with the Cat and Mouse window settings, when you move the mouse
 pointer, the cat follows it until you stop.  When the mouse pointer is
 stopped, the cat goes to sleep. You can also change the play time, speed, and
 step of the cat.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2. Jigsaw ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Jigsaw is a puzzle you can solve. It allows you to move the pieces of the
 puzzle in any direction and then drag them with a mouse. You can select from
 the available pictures or use your own pictures.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.3. Klondike Solitaire ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Klondike Solitaire is a popular card game for one person.  The object of this
 game is to find the aces and build on them in suit and in ascending order.
 You use the mouse to move the cards to their new location.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.4. OS/2 Chess ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 With OS/2 Chess, you can play a game of chess against another person playing
 on the same computer or on a network workstation. You also can play against
 the computer. The object of the game is to checkmate your opponent's king. The
 white player always makes the first move.  You move the piece by holding down
 mouse button 1 and dragging the piece to your selected position.  OS/2 Chess
 provides a detailed description on how to play the game of chess.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5. Reversi ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Reversi is a board game that requires skill and strategy.  The object of the
 game is to have more red color pieces on the board at the end of the game than
 the computer has blue.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6. Scramble ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Scramble is a small puzzle that is solved when you arrange the puzzle pieces
 in the correct numerical order.  You must move the pieces of the puzzle in one
 direction at a time.  The mouse cursor turns into an arrow when you select a
 number.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15. Templates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A template is an object that you can use as a model to create additional
objects.  When you drag a template, you create another of the original object,
as though you were peeling one of the objects off a stack.  The new object has
the same settings and contents as the templates in the stack.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 If you want to move a stack of templates, rather than create an object from
 the top template, press the Shift key while dragging the stack. For example,
 you would press the Shift key while dragging a stack of Customer Invoice
 templates if you wanted to move the blank invoice pad from the Templates
 folder to a Customer folder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1. Creating an Object from the Templates Folder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can create new objects by making duplicates of the objects in the Templates
folder. The following figure shows some of the objects that are included in the
Templates folder.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1.1. Creating a Folder Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To use the Folder template to create a new folder:

  1. Open Templates.
  2. Move the mouse pointer to the Folder template.
  3. Press and hold mouse button 2.
  4. Drag a copy of the Folder template to the desktop or to another folder;
     then release mouse button 2.  An empty folder is created.
  5. Rename the folder (for example, "My new folder"). For information about
     naming objects, see Renaming an Object.

 Drag any objects you want (for example, program objects and data-file objects)
 to the new folder.

 Note:  The operating system creates templates when you install programs that
        support them.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1.2. Creating a Data-File Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To use the Data File template to create a data-file object:

  1. Open Templates.
  2. Move the mouse pointer to the Data-File template.
  3. Press and hold mouse button 2.
  4. Drag the Data-File template to any folder (including the Desktop folder).
     A new data-file object is created.
  5. Open the data-file object to begin editing the file with the System
     Editor.
  6. When you are ready to save the file, select File; then select Save.
     Respond to the system prompts (for example, in the Save notification
     window, indicate if you want a file type such as plain text).
  7. Double-click mouse button 1 on the title-bar icon to close the window.
  8. Rename the object currently titled "Data File". Refer to Renaming an
     Object.

 Note:  If you use Save as on the File menu instead of Save, another object is
        created with the new name. "Data File" remains an empty file.

 If you open a data-file object that is not associated with any other program,
 it automatically opens in the OS/2 System Editor.  If you prefer, you can
 associate the data-file object with one or more program objects (for more
 information, see Starting Programs by Association). For more information about
 using the OS/2 System Editor, click on Help on the menu bar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1.3. Creating a Program Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A program object starts a program or a session. If you install a new OS/2, DOS,
or Windows program, you might need to run the Migrate Applications program in
the System Setup folder to create a program object. This is the recommended
method of creating a program object. You also can create a program object using
the following method.

  1. Open Templates.
  2. Move the mouse pointer to the Program template.
  3. Press and hold mouse button 2.
  4. Drag the Program template to a folder or to the desktop.
  5. Open the program object to display the Settings notebook.
  6. Customize the program object using the Settings notebook.  For example,
     select the session type, name the program object, or set up the
     associations.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2. Creating a Template of an Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can create a template of an object when you have an existing object (such
as a form letter with a company letterhead), and you need another one.  For
example, you could make the form letter a template and then customize it for
different customers.  The new object will have the same settings (such as
associations) and contents as the original. To create a template of an object:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the General tab.
  5. Select the Template check box.
  6. Close the Settings notebook.

 The object is now displayed as a template.

 Drag a copy of the object from the template whenever you need a new copy.
 Customize the new object to your preference. For example, you can change the
 name of the object and add a new icon (see Renaming an Object).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3. Creating Another Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All objects that have a Create another menu choice have a list of templates in
its cascaded menu.  When you create a template of your own, it is added to the
cascaded menu.

The result of Create another is identical to creating an object from a
template.  If you select Create another from the pop-up menu of an object, a
new object with the same default settings and data is created.  If you select
the arrow to the right of Create another, a cascaded menu is displayed.  This
menu contains a listing of all the template objects you created.  You can
select one of the choices to create another object from that template.

For example, suppose you created a template and named it "Company letterhead."
This template is listed as a choice on the cascaded menu.  Whenever you need to
create a similar letter, select Company letterhead. The new data-file object
contains whatever was in the original "Company letterhead", and the same
settings (such as associations).

To create another object using a pop-up menu:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Create another if you want to use one of your templates, or click
     on the arrow to the right of Create another; then click on a template
     choice.

 Note:  The new object appears in the active folder; for example, if the object
        is on the desktop, the duplicate appears on the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16. Part 3:  Running Your Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

OS/2 2.1 has the ability to run multiple programs at the same time. You can run
OS/2, DOS, and Windows programs side by side using objects on desktop. During
installation, if you had existing OS/2, DOS, or Windows programs, OS/2 2.1
automatically migrated these programs to the OS/2 2.1 environment.

Making efficient use of your system's performance when running multiple
programs is important. When running programs in the Workplace Shell, consider
the following:

 o If a program is always used, place the program in the Startup folder.  The
   program will start at system startup.

 o If several different programs are used, their objects can be placed on the
   desktop or in a folder.  The folder can be set to open at system startup.

 o To avoid reloading programs, minimize the program after use, then maximize
   the session to use the program again.  The program object appears in the
   Minimized Window Viewer or on the desktop.

 o To further conserve system resources:

    - Close programs when they are not going to be used again.
    - Close folders if they are not needed.
    - Move commonly used functions out of folders and to the desktop, and close
      the folder that contained the object.

 o The program type directly affects the amount of system resource required.
   For example, a program creating a spreadsheet uses a large amount of memory
   while it is processing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17. Preparing Your Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

During system installation, your existing programs are installed in folders on
the desktop.  The settings for the DOS and Windows programs are adjusted for
you.  This chapter describes how to install programs after system installation.
After your programs are installed, you might want to change the way the program
object appears on your desktop; for this information see Changing the Settings
of Program Objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1. Installing New Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

After you have installed OS/2 2.1 and your existing programs have been migrated
into the OS/2 2.1 environment, you will probably want to install new programs
as the need arises. The installation procedure that you follow depends on
whether the program is an OS/2, DOS, or Windows program. Follow the procedures
below to install OS/2, DOS, or Windows programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.1. OS/2 Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To install OS/2 programs, follow the installation procedure provided by the
program manufacturer.  Or do the following:

  1. Insert the first program diskette in a diskette drive (for example, drive
     A).
  2. Open the drive folder for the diskette drive you are using. For example,
     open Drive A.  If the drive object you want is not on the desktop, open
     OS/2 System, open Drives, and then open the appropriate drive.
  3. Open the program-file object for installation (for example, INSTALL.EXE).

 If the program does not create a program object during installation, do the
 following so you can start the program from the desktop:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Migrate Applications.

 If you need additional help, select the Help push button after the Find
 Programs window is displayed.  For more information about migration, see
 Migrate Applications


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.2. DOS Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To install a DOS program after installing OS/2 2.1:

  1. Follow the program installation instructions.
  2. Open OS/2 System.
  3. Open Command Prompts; then open DOS Full Screen.
  4. Type the installation command as specified in the installation
     instructions.  For example:

             a:install

  5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
  6. When installation is complete, close the Command Prompts folder.
  7. Open System Setup.
  8. Open Migrate Applications to create a program object in a folder on the
     desktop.
  9. When migration is complete, close the System Setup folder.
 10. Close the OS/2 System folder.
 11. Start the program from the DOS Programs folder or the Additional DOS
     Programs folder on the desktop.

 For additional help during migration, select the Help push button in any
 window of Migrate Applications.  For a detailed description of the Migrate
 Applications program, see Migrate Applications.

     Attention! The OS/2 CONFIG.SYS file might be overwritten with incompatible
     information during the installation of some DOS programs.  If this occurs,
     refer to "Recovering the CONFIG.SYS File" in the OS/2 2.1 Installation
     Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.3. Windows Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To install a Windows program after you have installed the OS/2 operating
system, follow the installation instructions that came with the program.

If the instructions require you to use a DOS command prompt, do the following:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Open DOS Full Screen.
  4. Type the command as specified in the installation instructions. For
     example:

          a:setup

  5. Follow the instructions on the screen.

 If the instructions require you to install the program from the Program
 Manager:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Open WIN-OS/2 Full Screen.
  4. Select Run from the File menu.
  5. Type the command as specified in the installation instructions. For
     example:

          a:setup

  6. Follow the instructions on the screen.

 When installation is complete, close the Command Prompts folder.  To create a
 program object in a folder on the desktop, do the following:

  1. Open System Setup.
  2. Open Migrate Applications

 When migration is complete, close the System Setup folder. Close the OS/2
 System folder.

 You can start the program from the Windows Programs folder, the WIN-OS/2
 Groups folder or the Additional Windows Programs folder on the desktop.

 Note:  Some Windows programs contain DOS programs. After migration, these
        Windows program objects are placed on the desktop in a folder with the
        program name.

     Attention! The OS/2 CONFIG.SYS file might be overwritten with incompatible
     information during the installation of some Windows programs. Should this
     occur, refer to "Recovering the CONFIG.SYS File" in the OS/2 2.1
     Installation Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2. Changing the Settings of Program Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every object (including a program object) has settings.  Settings are
properties or characteristics of an object.

To view or change the settings for a program object:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.

     The Settings notebook appears.

 The Settings notebook looks like a multi-page book with tabs attached to the
 edge of its pages. The tabs divide the notebook into sections.  Each section
 can contain multiple pages.  You can switch from section to section using the
 tabs, and you can move between pages using the arrows on the bottom-right
 corner of the notebook.

 To customize the settings that tell the operating system how the program
 should start, use the following tabbed divider-pages:

 o Program
 o Session
 o Association
 o Window
 o General


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1. Program ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use this page to specify a working directory for the selected object.  When you
do this, you control how the program starts each time you open the program
object.  An example of a Program page follows.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1.1. Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use this page to select the appropriate session for a program object. The type
of session determines how the program runs.  The types are OS/2 full screen and
window, DOS full screen and window, and WIN-OS/2 full screen and window. An
example of the Session page follows.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

  1. If the type is WIN-OS/2 window or WIN-OS/2 full screen, there is a
     WIN-OS/2 settings push button instead of a DOS settings push button.

  2. If you change your WIN-OS/2 or DOS settings, you must save them with the
     Save push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1.1.1. Association ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use this page to create a special link (an association) between the current
program object and one or more data-file objects.  An example of the
Association page follows.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 For more information on associating program objects and data-file objects, see
 Starting Programs by Association.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1.1.2. Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use this page to change the system default for what  happens when you select
the minimize button on the title bar of a program object.  The system default
is that an icon is placed in the Minimized Window Viewer.  An example of the
Window page follows.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Minimized Window Viewer object provides quick access to windows that you
 have minimized.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1.1.3. General ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use this page to:

 o Change the name (title) of the current object
 o Change the picture of the current icon that represents the object
 o Create a new icon for the selected object
 o Change (edit) the selected icon
 o Find the names of program objects that create other icons
 o Create a template of the object.
 An example of the General page follows.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 If you change most settings, the change takes place immediately.  You do not
 have to press a button to save the change.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3. Starting Programs by Association ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The data-file objects that you work with on a daily basis can be associated
with program objects.  This means that when you open a data-file object, the
program it is associated with opens at the same time. For example, you can link
the program object for a spreadsheet to every spreadsheet data-file object.
Then, whenever you open a spreadsheet data-file object, the spreadsheet file is
displayed in the open spreadsheet program. For information on how to access a
data-file object, see Drives.

If you do not create an association for a data-file object, that object is
associated to the OS/2 System Editor by default. From then on, whenever you
select that data-file object, it is displayed in the System Editor.

Note:  If you need more than one copy of the data-file object, create a
       template of the object (see Creating a Template of an Object).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.1. Associating a Data-File Object with a Program Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To associate a data-file object with a program object:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the data-file object by pointing at it and
     then clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the Menu tab.
  5. Select Open in the Available menus selection list.
  6. Select the Create another push button to the right of the Actions on menu
     field. The Menu Item Settings window appears.
  7. If you know the exact path and file name of the program-file object, type
     the name you want for the menu choice in the Menu item name field, and the
     drive, path, and program name in the Name field.  If you do not know the
     exact path and file name, select the Find program push button; then do the
     following:

     a. From the Find window, select Search all subfolders.
     b. Select the Find push button.  All program objects in the Desktop folder
        and the subfolders are displayed.
     c. Select the program name you want.
     d. Select the OK push button.  The program name is displayed as a menu
        choice on the data-file object.

  8. Select the OK push button in the Menu Item Settings window.  The program
     menu choice is added to the Actions on menu field. It also is added to the
     Open cascaded menu for the data-file object.
  9. Close the Settings notebook unless you want to make the new program object
     the default menu choice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.2. Making a Menu Choice the Default ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To make an associated program object the default menu choice for a data-file
object, do the following:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the data-file object by pointing at the object
     and then clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the Menu tab.
  5. Select Open in Available menus.
  6. Select Settings to the right of Available menus selection list.
  7. Select the down arrow for the Default action field.
  8. Select the name of the program object from the list.
  9. Select the OK push button.
 10. Close the Settings notebook.

 The next time you open the data-file object, it is displayed in the default
 program object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.3. Opening an Associated Object from a Pop-Up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To start a different program object (not the default):

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the data-file object by pointing at the object
     and then clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select a program name that does not have a check mark next to it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.4. Associating Multiple Data-File Objects with a Program ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You also can associate multiple data-file objects to a program object.  For
example, if you have many existing data files of the same type or extension,
you can associate them to one program object.  Then, each time a data-file
object of that type or extension is opened, the program object also is opened.

To associate multiple data-file objects to a program object:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the program object that you want to associate
     to a group of data files by pointing at the program object and then
     clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select the Association tab.
  5. To associate by file type, select a type from the Available types
     selection list (for example, Plain Text); then select Add.  The type is
     displayed in the Current types field. You can add as many types as needed.

     Instead of associating by file type, you can associate by extension.  Type
     an extension (for example, DOC, TXT, or SCR) in the New name field; then
     select Add.
  6. Close the program-object Settings notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4. Switching between Running Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can switch between running programs using the following:

 o Window List
 o Keyboard
 o Minimized Window Viewer


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.1. Window List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To switch between running programs using the Window List:

  1. Display the Window List by pressing mouse buttons 1 and 2 at the same time
     in an area away from all windows and objects.
  2. Double-click on the name of the window you want.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.1.1. Keyboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To switch between running programs using the keyboard, press Alt+Esc.  The next
program might be an OS/2, DOS, or WIN-OS/2 program.

If your program is in a full-screen session and you want to use the Window
List, press Ctrl+Esc.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.1.1.1. Minimized Window Viewer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

By default, program objects also appear in the Minimized Window Viewer folder
on the desktop. To switch to a running program using the Minimized Window
Viewer:

  1. Open Minimized Window Viewer.
  2. Open the program object you want.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18. Using Windows Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

During the installation of OS/2 2.1, if you had Windows programs already
installed on your hard disk, you were prompted to migrate these programs.
Migrate means to make the programs ready to operate using OS/2 2.1.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The feature of the OS/2 operating system that provides Windows program support
 is called WIN-OS/2.  The WIN-OS/2 feature allows Windows programs to use many
 of the features of OS/2, such as multitasking, running programs in windows,
 and cutting and pasting information between programs.

 Programs that were migrated during installation can be found on the desktop.
 During installation, folders were created for you to store these programs.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Windows Programs folder contains Windows programs that have preselected
 settings that work best to optimize the performance of your program.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The Additional Windows Programs folder contains Windows programs that have
 default settings for your programs. If these programs do not run correctly,
 you can specify other settings.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 When you run the Migrate Applications program for existing Windows programs,
 the WIN-OS/2 Groups folder is created and placed on the Desktop.

 The WIN-OS/2 Groups folder contains folders of Windows application programs
 groups.  A group is a set of Windows programs that are related.  For example,
 if you have CorelDraw for Windows installed, when you run the Migrate
 Applications program, a folder for all the CorelDraw programs is created and
 placed in the WIN-OS/2 Groups folder.  Now you have access to all the
 CorelDraw programs in one folder.

 Note:  Windows programs that do not belong to any group will be migrated to
        the Window Programs folder.  For example, WIN-OS/2 Program Manager.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1. Starting Windows Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windows programs, like OS/2 programs, run in a session. A session can be full
screen or in a window, and the session can be running in the foreground or in
the background.

The session in the foreground is the one you work with directly. It receives
input from your keyboard and mouse and displays information on your screen. You
do not work directly with a session running in the background. However,
depending on the variety of work you need to accomplish, programs running in a
background session can be processing data, crunching numbers, faxing important
documents, or printing documents.

To start a Windows program from the desktop:

  1. Open the Windows Programs, Additional Windows Programs, or WIN-OS/2 Groups
     folder.

  2. Open the program object.

 To start more than one Windows program in a session, repeat the above steps as
 needed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2. Using WIN-OS/2 Sessions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windows programs are set up during installation of the OS/2 operating system to
run in a WIN-OS/2 window session. If you start one or more Windows programs,
they will run in this WIN-OS/2 window session. However, Windows programs also
can be run in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen or separate WIN-OS/2 window session.

Note:  Windows program cannot be run in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen or separate
       WIN-OS/2 window session if you are using an 8514/A display adapter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2.1. Running Windows Programs in a WIN-OS/2 Full-Screen Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To start a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open Command Prompts.
  3. Open WIN-OS/2 Full Screen.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The WIN-OS/2 full-screen session uses the WIN-OS/2 Program Manager to run
 programs.  You can include a program in a WIN-OS/2 Program Manager group, and
 then start that program by selecting it from the appropriate WIN-OS/2 Program
 Manager group window.

 If you want to change the way a program runs so that it always runs in a
 WIN-OS/2 full-screen session, change the type of session as follows:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the program object.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
  3. Select Session.
  4. Select the type of session:  WIN-OS/2 full screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2.2. Running Windows Programs in a WIN-OS/2 Window Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can create a WIN-OS/2 program object so that the program runs in a window
on the desktop alongside a true OS/2 program. To do this:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the WIN-OS/2 program object.

  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.

  3. Select Session.

  4. Select the type of session:  WIN-OS/2 Window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2.3. Running Windows Programs in a Separate WIN-OS/2 Window Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You might have some programs that you want to run in a separate WIN-OS/2 window
session because they require specific WIN-OS/2 settings.  WIN-OS/2 settings can
be used to optimize program performance or to define memory size, keyboard
rate, and Ctrl+Break key function.  For a complete listing of all settings,
refer to the Master Help Index.

To determine if you need to run programs in a separate WIN-OS/2 window session,
consider the individual requirements of your programs.  Also, consider the
following:

 o By default, the Migrate Applications program sets up all Windows programs to
   run in a WIN-OS/2 window session (except for computers with 8514/A display
   adapters). The first program started in a WIN-OS/2 window session determines
   the WIN-OS/2 settings for all other programs running in that session.

 o You cannot change WIN-OS/2 settings for any programs in a WIN-OS/2 window
   session while the session is active.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2.3.1. Making Separate Session the Default ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to change the way a program runs so that it always runs in a
separate WIN-OS/2 window session, change the type of session as follows:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the program object.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
  3. Select Session.
  4. Select the type of session: Separate session.

 The system provides settings for optimizing the performance of your DOS and
 Windows programs.  For a list of DOS and WIN-OS/2 settings, do the following:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for a DOS Full Screen, DOS Window, or WIN-OS/2
     Full Screen objects located in the Command Prompts folder.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
  3. Select Session.
  4. Select the appropriate settings push button (for example, WIN-OS/2
     settings push button).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2.3.2. Changing Clipboard or DDE to Private ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To set the clipboard and DDE features to private for a separate WIN-OS/2 window
session:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the program.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
  3. Select Session.
  4. Select the WIN-OS/2 settings push button.
  5. Select WIN_CLIPBOARD or WIN_DDE from the list.
  6. Select the Off radio button.
  7. Select Save.
  8. Close the Settings notebook.
  9. Restart the program by opening the program object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19. Adobe Type Manager for WIN-OS/2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Adobe Type Manager** (ATM) produces the sharpest possible font types
on-screen and on the printed page. Because it incorporates PostScript outline
font technology, the Adobe Type Manager program eliminates jagged fonts so that
your screen can display high-quality typefaces of any size or style. The ATM
program also enables even inexpensive printers to print PostScript language
fonts that are crisp and smooth.

This chapter explains how to open the ATM Control Panel in the WIN-OS/2
environment of OS/2, and how to use it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1. Opening the ATM Control Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Options in the ATM Control Panel let you turn the ATM program on and off, add
and remove fonts, change the font cache size, and use pre-built or resident
font software. When you change any of the options in the ATM Control Panel,
except the Use Pre-Built or Resident Fonts option, you must exit and then
restart your WIN-OS/2 session for your changes to take effect.

To open the Control Panel:

  1. Open the WIN-OS/2 Main group in the Program Manager if it is not already
     open.

  2. Open ATM Control Panel. The ATM Control Panel appears.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2. Turning the Program On or Off ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To turn the ATM program on or off, select the On or Off radio button in the ATM
Control Panel.  A pop-up window appears asking if you want to restart the
WIN-OS/2 session or return to the current WIN-OS/2 session. You must restart
the WIN-OS/2 session for your changes to take effect.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3. Adding and Removing Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The ATM program works with PostScript Type 1 font packages. You can install
additional fonts in your system by selecting the Add push button or remove
fonts by selecting the Remove push button in the ATM Control Panel after
selecting from the fonts listed in the selection list. The installed fonts are
then listed in the ATM Control Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.1. Adding Fonts to Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To add fonts to your system:

  1. Open the ATM Control Panel.

  2. Select the Add push button. The Add ATM Fonts pop-up window appears.

     The top portion of the pop-up window lets you locate the directory or
     diskette where the fonts currently reside. The Available Fonts selection
     list lists the names of the outline fonts in the current directory. The
     bottom portion of the pop-up window allows you to specify the directory in
     which the fonts will be installed.

  3. In the Target directory for PostScript outline fonts field, you can accept
     the default, C:\PSFONTS, or type the name of the directory to which you
     want to copy the font outline files. If the directory name you enter does
     not correspond to an existing directory, ATM will create a new directory.
     Any directory name you type automatically appears in the Target directory
     for font metrics files field. You can accept this name or enter the name
     of another directory for the font metric files.

  4. If you have diskettes containing fonts, insert the appropriate diskette
     according to the type of PostScript fonts you are adding.

    o If you are adding the standard IBM fonts, insert the Fonts for PostScript
      Printers diskette.

    o If you are adding Revision 3 Adobe Type Library font software or Revision
      2, 3.5-inch-diskette Adobe Type Library fonts, insert the Font diskette
      or the Printer Font diskette, respectively.

    o If you are adding Revision 1 Adobe Type Library fonts, insert the Program
      diskette.

    o If you are adding non-Adobe fonts, insert the diskette containing the
      font-metric files (.PFM).

  5. Select the drive or directory containing the fonts from the Directories
     selection list.

  6. Select the fonts you want to add by selecting Add. You can select as many
     fonts as you want. If you want to select all of the fonts in the selection
     list, select the first font in the list, scroll to the end of the list,
     and then press and hold down the Shift key and select the last font.  If
     you want to select specific fonts in the list, hold down the Ctrl key as
     you click on the names of the fonts you want to add.

     Note:  You should install each style of a font you want to use. For
            example, if you are installing the Times font, you should install
            Times.BOLD, Times.ITALIC, and Times.BOLDITALIC. However, if disk
            space is limited, you can install the regular face and ATM will
            approximate the other styles. Keep in mind, however, that ATM will
            not approximate the other styles if you are printing to a
            PostScript printer.

  7. At this point, depending on the type of fonts you are adding, the program
     may prompt you for outline-font files (.PFB). If the program does not
     prompt you for any additional files, go on to the next step. Otherwise, do
     one of the following:

    o If you are using an Adobe Type Library package with multiple font
      diskettes, insert any supplemental diskette included in the package and
      select the appropriate drive or directory in the Directories selection
      list.

    o If you are adding non-Adobe fonts, Revision 1 Adobe fonts, or Revision 2,
      5.25-inch-diskette Adobe fonts, insert the Printer Font diskette (that
      is, the diskette containing the font-outline files) and select the
      appropriate drive or directory in the Directories selection list.

      After the fonts have been loaded, the new fonts appear in the Installed
      ATM Fonts selection list in the ATM Control Panel.

  8. Select the Exit push button to complete the font installation. A pop-up
     window appears, asking whether to restart the WIN-OS/2 session or return
     to the current WIN-OS/2 session.  You must restart the WIN-OS/2 session to
     use the new fonts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.2. Removing Fonts from Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To remove fonts from your system:

  1. In the ATM Control Panel, select the fonts you want to remove; then,
     select the Remove push button.

     The ATM Confirmation pop-up window appears for each selected font asking
     you to confirm that you want to remove the font.

  2. Select Yes to remove the font. To remove the remaining fonts without
     confirming each one, select No confirmation to remove fonts field.

     Note:  Removing a font does not delete the corresponding PFB and PFM files
            from the hard disk.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.3. Using Pre-Built or Resident Bit-Map Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When pre-built fonts (soft fonts) or resident bit-map or outline fonts
(cartridge fonts or fonts built into the printer) are available, the ATM
program will use them if you select Use Pre-Built or Resident Fonts in the ATM
Control Panel.

In some situations, however, you might not want the ATM program to use
pre-built or resident fonts.

 o If your application supports auto-kerning, the ATM fonts will be kerned but
   the pre-built or resident fonts will not.

 o Some typefaces might have a different appearance if you use pre-built or
   resident fonts. This situation is most apparent with the Courier font
   printed to a Hewlett-Packard** LaserJet** printer.

 o If you change the printer resolution, the ATM text changes accordingly, but
   the pre-built or resident fonts will not.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4. Changing the Font Cache Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The size of the font cache determines the amount of system memory available to
store font information. The default setting for the font cache is 96KB. You can
set the font cache from 64KB to 32000KB.

If you are using many typefaces or sizes, you might want to increase the font
cache size to improve performance. Experiment with the font-cache size
parameter to see how it affects performance.

If your applications seem unusually slow when you scroll, change pages, or
display fonts, your font-cache size is probably too small.

To change the font-cache size:

  1. Open the ATM Control Panel.

  2. Select the Up Arrow in the Font Cache field to increase the size, or
     select the Down Arrowto decrease the size.

  3. Select the Exit push button.  A pop-up window appears asking whether to
     restart the WIN-OS/2 session or return to the current WIN-OS/2 session.
     You must restart the WIN-OS/2 session for your change in the font-cache
     size to take effect.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5. Removing the Program from Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In rare instances, you might want to remove the ATM program from your system.

To remove ATM from your system:

  1. Delete the ATM Control Panel from the Main group.

  2. Use the OS/2 System Editor to open the SYSTEM.INI file in the
     OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 directory.

     Change the line:

            SYSTEM.DRV=ATMSYS.DRV
     to:

            SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV
     Delete the line:

            ATM.SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV

  3. Delete the ATM16.DLL file and the ATMSYS.DRV files from
     OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM.

  4. Delete the ATM.INI and ATMCNTRL.EXE files from C:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2.

  5. Delete the files with the extensions PFM and PFB from the directories in
     which you installed them.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6. Printing on PCL Printers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

For optimal performance, print through a parallel port (LPT).

ATM can use pre-built fonts (soft fonts) or resident fonts (cartridge fonts or
fonts built into the printer) when the exact font size and style are available.
This reduces the amount of printer memory required to print some pages and
might improve printing performance. The Adobe Font Foundry program (included
with all Adobe Type Library packages) can be used to generate such soft fonts;
the ATM Control Panel can then be used to turn this feature on and off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7. Printing on PostScript Printers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are using ATM with a PostScript printer, PostScript soft fonts are
automatically downloaded when you print; you might want to download fonts that
are not resident in your printer prior to printing.  Downloading fonts before
printing can increase printing performance. This feature is especially useful
if you frequently use the same fonts on your PostScript printer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8. Resolving ATM Problems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section contains solutions to problems you might encounter when using the
ATM program. You might also want to refer to the README file on your ATM
program (OS2\MDOS\WIN0S2\README.ATM) for troubleshooting information that is
not included in this book. Use a text editor to open and read the file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.1. ATM Disabled ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.1.1. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The ATM startup icon is crossed out, or the ATM Control Panel shows that the
program is "inactive".


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.1.1.1. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Make sure that:

 o Fonts appear in the ATM Control Panel

 o Your SYSTEM.INI file contains the following entries:

        SYSTEM.ATMSYS.DRV

        ATM.SYSTEM.DRV=SYSTEM.DRV


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.2. Jagged Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.2.1. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Characters appear jagged on-screen or when the document is printed, or both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.2.1.1. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Make sure that:

 o You are using a PostScript language Type 1 font program, such as those
   provided with ATM.

 o The ATM program is turned on in the ATM Control Panel. (Make sure that ATM
   is not labeled "inactive" in the ATM Control Panel.  If ATM is active, the
   program's version number appears in the Control Panel.)

 o Your printer is set for the highest resolution in its Setup pop-up window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.2.1.2. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Characters appear jagged on-screen but print correctly on a PostScript printer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.2.1.3. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

For each such PostScript language printer font, install the corresponding
outline-font program using the ATM Control Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.9. Font Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.9.1. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The ATM fonts do not appear in the Font menu of your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.9.1.1. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Reselect your printer from within the application.

Also verify that the font metrics (PFM files) and PostScript language
outline-font programs (PFB files) are installed correctly. If necessary, add
the fonts again using the ATM Control Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10. Printing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10.1. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Computer or printer performance seems slow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10.1.1. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Increase the size of the font cache. The default setting is 96KB. For graphic
arts applications, you might want to use a font-cache size of 128KB or larger.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11. System Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.1. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A memory error occurs when you open an application with the ATM program turned
on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.1.1. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The current system configuration does not leave enough memory for your
application. Try decreasing the ATM font cache size, decreasing the number of
files specified in your CONFIG.SYS file, removing any networking software, or
increasing the DPMI memory limit in the WIN-OS/2 settings for your WIN-OS/2
session.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.1.1.1. Problem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A PCL printer indicates an "out of memory" error condition.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.1.1.2. Solution ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have the correct soft font or cartridge font installed, make sure that
Use Pre-Built or Resident Bit Map Fonts is selected in the ATM Control Panel.
Also, consider adding more memory to your printer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20. Using a Network ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your system is connected with other personal computers as part of a local
area network (LAN), you have a Network object on your desktop.

When you open the Network object, another object, the network group folder
appears.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 That network group folder has the name assigned to the particular network you
 use. You can have more than one network group folder inside the Network folder
 if your system is connected to more than one network.  Then each folder has a
 different name.

 The network group folder contains the server objects. Server objects contain
 network resources, such as network folders, data-file objects, program
 objects, and printer objects. When you use network objects, you might be asked
 to type your user identification and password.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.1. Accessing a Network ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Typing your user identification information is called login or logon.

Note:  A network administrator usually oversees the operation of the LAN and is
       responsible for giving you access authorization such as a user
       identification and password to use the network.

 If you want to log in before being prompted:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the folder or printer object you want to use
     by pointing at the folder and then clicking mouse button 2.
  2. Select Login.

 Note:  If you intend to leave your system unlocked and unattended for a period
        of time, be sure you display the pop-up menu for the Network folder
        object and select Logout.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2. Viewing Network Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To view the objects available to you on the network:

  1. Open the Network folder on your desktop. The Network folder is displayed.
     It contains objects that represent the networks you have access to.
  2. Open a network object to display the contents of the folder.  If this is
     the first time you have opened this folder, display the pop-up menu for
     the folder by pointing at the folder and then clicking mouse button 2.
  3. Select Refresh. The network servers you have access to are displayed.
  4. Open a server to view the network folders and network printers.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3. Using Non-LAN-Aware Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

:

Some programs are not LAN-aware, which means they will not run from a Network
folder or they cannot access files from a network folder.  For example, some
programs can access only data on disk drives that have letter names, such as A
or C. Using the OS/2 operating system, you can display the pop-up menu of a
network directory and select Assign drive if you need a drive letter for it.

Some programs do not provide a way for you to print on a network printer. These
programs recognize printer objects by the port they are connected to, such as
LPT1 (line printer 1). To assign a port, display the pop-up menu for the
printer object by pointing at the object and then clicking mouse button 2. If
you need a port for one of these resources, you can select Assign port.  For
more information, refer to "network, using an assigned port" in the Master Help
Index.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.4. Accessing Objects on Another Network ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can create an object to represent a server, network folder, or network
printer on another network.

To create an object that enables you to reach the other network's resources:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the type of item you want to access.
  2. Select Access another.  A window appears.  This window enables you to fill
     in details about the object you are trying to access.

 After you create the object, you might need to select Login from its pop-up
 menu before you can use the object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21. Part 4:  Managing Your Printing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Printing in OS/2 2.1 can be as simple as creating a printer object and dragging
your data-file object to that printer object. Each printer object represents a
certain arrangement of hardware, software, and configurations, which simplifies
the printing process.  So, if you need to print on three different sizes of
paper, then you might have to configure three different printer objects. If you
installed a printer when you installed OS/2 2.1, a printer object is already on
your desktop.

Printer objects can be created for local printers and network printers.  Local
printers are connected to individual computers, or individual workstations on a
network. Network printers are connected to local area network (LAN) servers and
can be used by workstations connected to the network.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22. Printing with OS/2 2.1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you chose to install a printer (or plotter) during system installation, a
printer object is set up on your desktop.  The printer object is an icon on
your desktop that looks like your printer, and is provided so that you have a
place to drop print jobs and check their progress.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 If you select a printer model as part of the process of installing the OS/2
 operating system, the system also installs a printer driver.  A printer driver
 is a program that formats your print jobs appropriately for your model
 printer.

 A printer driver requires information about printer properties.  Printer
 properties are fields that describe the way your printer or plotter is
 physically set up.  For example, you must indicate whether your printer has a
 tractor feed, trays, or bins, and what type of paper is loaded in each.  You
 must also use the printer properties to install printer fonts.  For a plotter,
 you must indicate the pen colors in the currently loaded carousel.

 After you have a printer driver and object on your system and have set up the
 printer properties, you can print an object on your desktop, such as a data
 file.  One way to print a data file is to drag a data-file object to the
 printer object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1. Installing a Printer or Plotter ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Even if you did not select a printer during the OS/2 2.1 installation, you can
still add a printer to the system. The following is an overview of the steps
you must complete:

  1. Connect the printer or plotter cable to a port at the rear of your
     computer.
  2. Create a printer object.  While you are creating the object, you can, if
     necessary, install the appropriate printer driver for your model printer
     or plotter.
  3. Configure the printer setup.
  4. Test your printer by printing an object.

 During the installation process, help is available by selecting the Help push
 button after a window is displayed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1.1. Creating a Printer Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Setting up a printer or plotter involves creating a printer object.  A printer
object represents a physical printer (or plotter), its spooler queue, and other
settings.

To create a printer object on your desktop:

  1. Open Templates.
  2. Drag the Printer template to the desktop.  The Create A Printer window is
     displayed.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.
  3. Type a new name in the Name field for the printer (for example, "My New
     Printer").
  4. Select the Default printer driver that corresponds to your printer model.

     Note:  If the printer driver you need for your printer model is not one of
            the choices in the Default printer driver selection list, press the
            Install new printer driver push button. The Install New Printer
            Driver window is displayed.  This window enables you to install
            additional printer drivers.  For information about the steps
            involved in installing additional printer drivers, refer to
            Installing a Printer Driver.  After the driver is installed, it is
            listed in the Default printer driver selection list.


  5. Accept the preselected port, or select a port in the Output port selection
     field.
  6. Select Create.

 A new printer object is now on your desktop. You can customize the printer
 object by displaying the pop-up menu for the object by pointing at the object
 and then clicking mouse button 2.  Next, select the arrow to the right of
 Open; then select Settings.

 You might want to customize your printer object.  For example, you might want
 to assign job properties to your printer object, or display the Job-Properties
 window each time you drag a Data File object to the printer object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1.2. Installing a Printer Driver ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You might need to install a printer driver when creating a new printer object,
using a network printer object for the first time, or when changing printers.

Note:  If you were doing the procedure under "Creating a Printer object," and
       the printer driver you needed for your printer model was not one of the
       choices in the Default printer driver selection list, complete the
       following steps in this section; then return to the procedure.

 If you are installing a printer driver for use with an existing printer
 object, display the Settings notebook for the object; then select the Printer
 driver tab.  You can then display the pop-up menu for any printer object shown
 on the Printer Driver Settings page.

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the printer object you are installing a driver
     for.
  2. Select Install.  The Install New Printer Driver window appears.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.
  3. Select the appropriate printer driver from the Printer drivers selection
     list.  If you have a printer driver diskette that was not shipped with
     OS/2 2.1, select the Other OS/2 printer driver radio button.
  4. Select the Refresh push button.  Wait for the printer-driver objects to
     appear in the window.
  5. Select one or more drivers.  If the driver you need is not listed, insert
     another diskette; then select Refresh again.

     Note:  If your printer model works with various printer drivers, be sure
            the name of the driver you need precedes the model name.  For
            example, to produce PostScript output using an HP** LaserJet IIID,
            you must use PSCRIPT.HP LaserJet IIID PS 52_2 and not LASERJET.HP
            LaserJet IIID.


  6. Select Install.

 After installing the OS/2 printer driver, set the printer properties to match
 the physical setup of your printer.

 Note:  If you have difficulty installing a driver that was installed
        previously, refer to "printing, problem determination" in the Master
        Help Index.

 For more information about installing printer drivers, refer to "installing
 device drivers (printer, plotter)" in the Master Help Index.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1.3. Setting Up Printer Properties ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you install a printer driver or create a printer object, you must set up
information called printer properties, which describes the physical device.
For example, you use printer properties to indicate the particular type of
paper or font cartridge loaded in the printer or the pens loaded in a plotter
carousel.  You also use printer properties to install fonts for your printer.

The particular printer properties fields depend upon the model of your printer
or plotter.  When you provide printer properties, you give information to a
printer driver.  When you print or plot a job, the printer driver supplies your
information so that the system can format your job appropriately for the
physical printer or plotter.

Printer properties can include:

 o Type of paper feed (tractor or bin)
 o Number and location of paper trays
 o Forms defined for your printer
 o Forms loaded in the paper feed or trays of your printer
 o Font cartridges loaded on your printer
 o Installed soft fonts
 o Additional features you can install for some printers, such as extended
   symbol sets and patterns.

 A plotter has special properties.  They include:

 o Type of paper feed (manual, automatic, preloaded)
 o Orientation (portrait, landscape)
 o Size of paper
 o Number of carousels
 o Active carousel
 o Color and type of each pen in a carousel
 o Color sorting-completing all lines that require one color pen before
   changing pens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1.4. Configuring Printer Properties ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each printer driver has its own printer properties that you must adjust to
describe the physical setup of your printer or plotter.  You also display
printer-driver properties windows to install fonts for the printer.  To
describe a change in printer or plotter setup or to install fonts:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the printer object that uses the printer
     driver.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
  3. Select Printer driver.
  4. Display the pop-up menu for the printer driver.
  5. Select Open.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2. Managing Your Print Jobs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To view the jobs that are waiting to print at a printer, select the printer
object.  The jobs waiting to print appear in a folder.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 They show the order in which they will be printed; the print job on the left
 will be the next to be printed. (The status of the job is shown using
 different icons in icon view.)  To change the order in which the jobs will be
 printed, display the pop-up menu for the print job you want to print next and
 select Print next.  The print job you selected will appear in the Job Icon
 View folder as the next one to be printed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2.1. Job Properties ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Job properties information describes requirements for printing a particular
document or plotting a particular image. You can specify requirements such as
the number of copies and the form to use. There are several ways that job
properties can be set up:

 o A program can display the job properties window specific to the printer
   driver.
 o You can specify that you want the system to prompt you each time you print.
 o You can set up default job properties for a printer object.
 o You can set up device-default job properties for a printer driver.

 You can view the properties set up for a pending print job and, in some cases,
 make changes before the job prints.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2.2. Selecting Job Properties at Print Time ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To set up a printer object so that the system prompts you for print-job
properties each time you print an object:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the printer object.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
  3. Select Queue options.
  4. Select Job dialog before print.

 Each time you print an object, a window appears in which you can select job
 properties.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2.3. Configuring Print-Job Properties ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Your system uses the default job properties you select for a printer object
when you do not specify job properties through a program or immediately before
printing an individual job.  Your system also uses the default job properties
when you print from a command prompt, a DOS program, a Windows program, or a
WIN-OS/2 multiple-program session.

To configure job properties:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the printer object.
  2. Select the arrow to the right of Open.
  3. Select Settings.
  4. Select Printer driver.
  5. Select the Job properties push button.

 A printer driver also has job properties, called device defaults, associated
 with it. The device defaults provide a basis for the properties you adjust in
 the printer object or your program.  You can adjust these device defaults for
 some printer drivers.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2.4. Using Queues and the Spooler ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each printer object has a queue. The queue has a queue driver that separates
jobs and sends them one at a time to be processed.

You can view the jobs waiting on a particular queue by selecting the printer
object that represents it.

Your queued print jobs are actually held together in one area of your disk
called a spooler path. Your system has only one spooler, which is a combination
of one or more queues.  The Spooler object represents the controlling program
that manages your jobs. You can set the path for the Spooler object to change
the location where your print files are held before each is printed.

Because your jobs wait in a queue to be processed, you can request printing or
plotting and continue working at your computer without waiting for printing to
finish.  You can check the progress of a job by viewing the printer jobs and
status for the printer object to which the queue is assigned.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.3. Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A font is the collection of characters and symbols of a particular size and
style used to produce text on displays and printers.  When you installed the
operating system, some fonts, the IBM Core Fonts, were automatically installed,
unless you specified otherwise.

The IBM Core Fonts consist of bit-map fonts and a set of 13 Adobe Type 1 fonts.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé          Bit-Map Fonts                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé FAMILY NAME          Γöé TYPEFACE                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Courier              Γöé Courier                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Helv                 Γöé Helvetica**               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé System Monospace          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé TmsRmn               Γöé TmsRmn                    Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé          Type 1 Fonts                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé FAMILY NAME          Γöé TYPEFACE                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Times New Roman**    Γöé Times New Roman           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Times New Roman Bold      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Times New Roman Bold      Γöé
Γöé                      Γöé Italic                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Times New Roman Italic    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Helvetica            Γöé Helvetica                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Helvetica Bold            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Helvetica Bold Italic     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Helvetica Italic          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Courier              Γöé Courier                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Courier Bold              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Courier Bold Italic       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                      Γöé Courier Italic            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Symbol               Γöé Symbol                    Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The Adobe Type Manager is an integral part of the operating system, and accepts
Type 1 fonts and works with existing OS/2 and Windows programs.

All of the IBM Core Fonts, except Symbol, can be used by PostScript printers.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.3.1. Using the IBM Core Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Many thousands of font styles in the Type 1 font format are available for use
with the OS/2 operating system.  Type 1 fonts require two files for each
typeface. These have the file-name extensions  AFM and PFB.  If the set of
fonts you want to install is supplied on multiple diskettes, you need to copy
the files into a temporary directory, because the font installation process
requires that both files for a given typeface be available at the same time.

 The selected fonts are copied from the diskette or temporary directory to the
C:\OS2\DLL directory, unless you designate a different one.  If you used a
temporary directory, you should then delete the font files and the directory.
If you have a PostScript printer, you might want to install these fonts for
downloading.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.3.2. Downloading Fonts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Downloading refers to the process of transferring fonts to the printer's
memory.  These fonts are stored in the printer until the printer is turned off.
Some programs cannot use certain fonts unless they can be downloaded and,
instead, use similar, resident fonts.  Resident fonts are the printer's
internal fonts. Those programs that can use the downloaded fonts benefit from
improved printing performance.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.4. Installing a Printer Driver from the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you create an OS/2 printer object for the desktop, you are prompted to
create an equivalent WIN-OS/2 printer object. If you choose to create the
WIN-OS/2 printer object, you are also prompted to install a WIN-OS/2 printer
driver. If the printer drivers supplied with the OS/2 operating system support
your printer model, you do not need to install the equivalent WIN-OS/2 printer
driver as a separate operation. However, if you have a WIN-OS/2 printer driver
that did not come with OS/2 2.1, you will need to use the following
instructions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.4.1. Installing a WIN-OS/2 Printer Driver ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To install a WIN-OS/2 printer driver that is supplied on one of the OS/2
printer driver diskettes:

  1. Select the Printers object in the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel.
  2. Select Configure.
  3. Select LPT1.OS2 or LPT2.OS2 as the printer port.
  4. Select Setup.
  5. Select the printer you want to use.
  6. Select OK; then select OK again.

 If you also want to create an OS/2 printer object for use with the same
 driver:

  1. Select OS/2 Desktop at the bottom of the WIN-OS/2 screen.
  2. Create a printer object that has the OS/2 printer driver, IBMNULL, as its
     default driver.  IBMNULL is installed during system installation.
  3. For the printer object, select the same port you selected for your printer
     in the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.4.2. Installing a Non-WIN-OS/2 Printer Driver ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Normally, you select the appropriate  printer driver for your printer from the
OS/2 printer driver diskettes. To add a printer driver supplied by the printer
manufacturer:

  1. Start a WIN-OS/2 session by opening the WIN-OS/2 Full Screen object in the
     Command Prompts folder.
  2. Select the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel; then select the Printers object.
  3. Select Add printer.
  4. Select Unlisted Printer from the end of the list of printers; then select
     Install.  A window appears that lists the drivers available on your disk.
  5. Select the driver you want from the list; then select OK.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.5. Printing Data-File Objects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To print the contents (plain text or graphics) of a data-file object:

  1. Point at the data-file object; then press and hold mouse button 2.
  2. Drag the data-file object to the printer object; then release mouse button
     2.

 Note:  The operating system cannot determine how to print the data for some
        data-file objects and prompts you to choose whether the data object is
        plain text or printer-specific data.

     Important!

     If you are using a program (for example Lotus 1-2-3) and you want to print
     the data you are preparing, follow the instructions that came with the
     program.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.6. Printing Screens ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To print an image of the OS/2 Desktop:

  1. Place the pointer on the desktop away from any open windows.
  2. Press the Print Screen key.

 To print an open window:

  1. Place the pointer on any open window.
  2. Press the Print Screen key.

 To disable Print Screen:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup
  3. Open System.
  4. Select Print Screen.
  5. Select the Disable radio button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.7. Configuring Your Computer for Printing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

On most Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) - IBM refers to this architecture
as AT bus - parallel ports are configured using either dual-inline package
(DIP) switches or jumpers. Most of the systems and adapters purchased have
literature that explains the interrupt request (IRQ) level and port setting for
each port.  The following tables show standard parallel-port address and IRQ
settings:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé                   Γöé    AT BUS (ISA)    Γöé       EISA*       Γöé   MICRO CHANNEL   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT1              Γöé 3BC/IRQ7           Γöé 3BC/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 3BC/IRQ7          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT2              Γöé 278/IRQ5           Γöé 378/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 378/IRQ7          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé                                                                                Γöé
Γöé                                       OR                                       Γöé
Γöé                                                                                Γöé
Γöé                                                                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT1              Γöé 378/IRQ7           Γöé 378/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 378/IRQ7          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT2              Γöé 278/IRQ5           Γöé 278/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 278/IRQ7          Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé                   Γöé    AT BUS (ISA)    Γöé       EISA*       Γöé   MICRO CHANNEL   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT1              Γöé 3BC/IRQ7           Γöé 3BC/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 3BC/IRQ7          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT2              Γöé 378/IRQ7           Γöé 378/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 378/IRQ7          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé LPT3              Γöé 278/IRQ5           Γöé 278/IRQ5 or IRQ7  Γöé 278/IRQ7          Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

* Using IRQ5 or IRQ7 depends on the hardware-interrupt level your Extended
Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) parallel port supports.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.7.1. Changing the IRQ Level ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DIP switches and jumpers reside on the system board or adapter in your
computer. To change their configuration, do the following: c.

  1. Turn off your computer.

  2. Remove the parallel-port adapter.

  3. Configure the system board or adapter by adjusting the DIP switches or
     jumpers to set the parallel port to one of the industry standard
     combinations.

     Ensure that other adapters are not configured to use the same IRQ level.
     Sound, Musical Instrument Device Interface (MIDI), local area network
     (LAN), and serial adapters might be sharing these same hardware-interrupt
     levels and creating interference.

 For more information, refer to Setting the Interrupt Request (IRQ) Level on an
 ISA System and Interrupt Problems on an ISA System.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.7.2. Hardware Adapters and IRQ Conflicts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

AT bus computers do not allow hardware-interrupt sharing; therefore, each
adapter must be configured to a separate IRQ level to be able to work properly.
Some adapters, such as SoundBlaster, are factory configured to IRQ7, or their
accompanying instructions recommend that you configure them to IRQ7. This might
be the same hardware-interrupt level as the first parallel port. If you intend
to print, this conflict must be resolved.  Refer to Unable to Print. You might
be able to use IRQ10 with SoundBlaster because it does not conflict with
parallel ports (IRQ7 or IRQ5) or IRQ5 if LPT2 is not being used. Refer to
Setting the Interrupt Request (IRQ) Level on an ISA System for more information
about possible parallel port and IRQ settings.

Refer to the reference manual for your adapters to configure the IRQ levels for
your parallel ports and other adapters in your system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.7.3. PS/2 Direct-Memory-Access Parallel Ports ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have a Personal System/2* computer that supports direct-memory-access
(DMA) parallel ports, OS/2 2.1 can take advantage of it. The current systems
with a DMA parallel port include PS/2 models 56, 57, 80-A21, 80-A31, 90, and
95.  If you have one of these systems, ensure that the parallel-port
arbitration level is set to SHARED7 (enabled).  OS/2 2.1 will automatically
take advantage of this feature; no additional OS/2 setup is required. If you
are an OS/2 Version 1.3 customer with Corrective Service Diskette 5054 (or
later) installed, and you have disabled the parallel-port arbitration level,
you need to reenable it in order for OS/2 2.1 to take advantage of the feature.
Use the Reference Diskette shipped with the computer to view the system
configuration, and then set the parallel-port arbitration level to SHARED7.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8. Selecting Printer Drivers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your printer is not supported by an OS/2 2.1 printer driver, determine if
your printer supports a more common printer in emulation mode; then install the
corresponding printer driver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1. OS/2 Printer Drivers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.1. Canon Bubble-Jet Printer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following can help you select a driver for a a Canon** Bubble-Jet** printer
to use with OS/2 2.1:

 o The Bubble-Jet BJ10E can emulate an IBM Proprinter* x24E using the IBM42xx
   driver.
 o The Bubble-Jet BJC800 can emulate an Epson** LQ2550 using the OS/2 Epson
   driver.
 o The Bubble-Jet LBP8 III+ can emulate an Epson LQ2550 or Proprinter x24E
   using the appropriate driver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.2. HP LaserJet Printer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are going to install the OS/2 HP LaserJet printer driver over an
existing driver, be sure to delete all the old .FNT files first.  Then, delete
the printer driver from the OS/2 Workplace Shell printer object, and respond
Yes when asked if the driver files should be deleted from the hard disk.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.3. HP PaintJet and PaintJet XL Printers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These printers should use the Micrografx** Paintjet** printer driver
(SMGXPJET.DRV) shipped with OS/2 2.1 on Printer Diskette 3.

Some applications, such as Aldus PageMaker, have problems printing multiple bit
maps using this printer driver.  If this occurs after the driver is installed,
display the pop-up menu for the printer object, select the arrow to the right
of Open, select Settings; then select Printer-specific format on the Queues
page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.4. IBM 4019 and IBM 4029 Printers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

For the IBM 4019 and 4029 printers, the Automatic Emulation Switching (AES)
utility program is available from the Lexmark** International, Inc. bulletin
board service.  The file is located in the Utilities directory and is called
40X9SU32.EXE.

If you have any problems accessing the Lexmark BBS, call Lexmark at
1-606-232-3000.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.5. NEC P3200 Printer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to use a NEC** P3200 printer, install the Epson LQ-850 printer
driver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.6. NEC P6200 Printer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to use a NEC P6200 printer, install the Epson LQ-2550 printer
driver


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.1.7. Star NX-1000 Printer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to use a Star NX-1000 printer, install the Epson LX-800 printer
driver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.2. WIN-OS/2 Printer Drivers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your printer has a supported WIN-OS/2 printer driver, but no OS/2 printer
driver, do the following:

  1. Set up the WIN-OS/2 printer driver using the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel.
  2. Set up the OS/2 Printer object using the IBMNULL printer driver.

 You should be able to print from a WIN-OS/2 session. Contact your printer
 manufacturer to obtain an OS/2 2.1 printer driver or to determine what other
 printers your printer emulates.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8.3. OS/2 Version 1.3 Printer Drivers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 2.1 operating system contains new graphics capability and some new
printer drivers.  In this new graphics environment, some of the original OS/2
version 1.3 printer drivers for IBM printers will not work. However, updates
are available for these printer drivers.  If you install OS/2 2.1 with these
old OS/2 version 1.3 printer drivers on your system, and then attempt to print,
your system will stop and you will have to restart it.  Any unsaved data will
be lost.

You need to replace each of the following OS/2 version 1.3 printer drivers with
the specified printer driver that is included on the OS/2 2.1 installation
diskettes:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé 1.3 DRIVER                             Γöé 2.1 DRIVER                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM4201.DRV                            Γöé IBM42xx.DRV                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM4202.DRV                            Γöé IBM42xx.DRV                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM4207.DRV                            Γöé IBM42xx.DRV                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM4208.DRV                            Γöé IBM42xx.DRV                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM5202.DRV                            Γöé IBM52xx.DRV                           Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Additional OS/2 version 1.3 printer drivers have been updated for OS/2 2.1.
They are not included on the installation diskettes, but are available from
other sources, such as electronic bulletin boards and IBM.  The OS/2 version
1.3 printer drivers that have been updated

  include:
ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé DRIVER                                 Γöé PRINTER                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM3852.DRV                            Γöé IBM Color Inkjet                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM5152.DRV                            Γöé IBM Graphics Printer, IBM 3812        Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé Printer                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM5182.DRV                            Γöé IBM Color Printer, Model 1            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM5201.DRV                            Γöé IBM Quietwriter, Model 1              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM5216.DRV                            Γöé IBM Wheelprinter                      Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The updated OS/2 version 1.3 printer drivers in the previous lists are
available from the following sources:

 o CompuServe**, Forum OS2SUPPORT, LIB 17
 o Bulletin board systems (BBS), such as the OS/2 BBS (call 1-800-547-1283 to
   register) and the NSC BBS in Atlanta, GA, U.S.A. (1-404-835-6600)
 o An IBM support organization, such as the OS/2 Support Line in the United
   States (1-800-237-5511), or HelpWare, where available
 o Your IBM representative


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.9. Printing from a WIN-OS/2 Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following section describes considerations for customizing your system to
print from a WIN-OS/2 session.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.9.1. LPTx and LPTx.OS2 Port Considerations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

WIN-OS/2 programs print directly to the OS/2 spooler. Therefore, multiple print
jobs can be spooled from one WIN-OS/2 session or multiple WIN-OS/2 sessions.
This does not apply to serial printers, because there is no spooling for COM
devices to the OS/2 spooler (only to WIN-OS/2 Print Manager). If you are using
LPTx but are unable to print from any other session, you must use LPTx.OS2 for
WIN-OS/2 printing.  If you are printing to a redirected port, you must use
LPTx.OS2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.9.2. Configuring an LPT3.OS2 Destination ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To enable support for LPT3.OS2, you need to configure an LPT3.OS2 destination
that you can select from the ports selection field in the WIN-OS/2 Control
Panel.  You must shut down your WIN-OS/2 session and edit the
C:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\WIN.INI file.  You need to add a "LPT3.OS2=" line following
the "LPT2.OS2=" line in the ports section of the file.  After saving the file,
you can start the WIN-OS/2 session and Control Panel and then select the
LPT3.OS2 destination.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10. Resolving Printing Problems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the actions you can take to resolve some common printing
problems.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.1. Unable to Print ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you encounter printing problems with parallel ports (for example, nothing
prints), ensure that you have installed the appropriate printer driver for your
model printer (see Selecting Printer Drivers). If the printer driver is
correct, check the following:

 o Check that your parallel ports are configured properly.  Refer to
   Configuring Your Computer for Printing for configuration settings.

 o Verify that your printer cable meets parallel-port specifications. Some
   cables do not meet these specifications and can cause printing problems.
   (Cables that are longer than six feet in length are suspect.  The six-foot
   cable-length problem is more evident on high-speed microprocessor systems.)
   Some cable manufacturers reduce the costs of their cables by not wiring all
   interface signals.  This might not have been a problem under DOS, because
   DOS does not make use of all the signals within the parallel-port interface.
   However, some interface signals not used when printing under DOS are used to
   transmit data under OS/2 2.1.

   You might need to purchase a new cable. You might want to use an "IBM
   approved" cable - one which has been verified as properly wired.

 o If you still cannot print, and you are convinced it is not a printer-driver
   problem, interrupt problem, or cable problem, there might be a problem with
   your I/O adapter. Some older parallel-port adapters fail to generate
   hardware interrupts; therefore, they will not work with this version of the
   OS/2 operating system. These adapters usually work correctly under DOS, as
   DOS does not use hardware interrupts to print.  The OS/2 2.1 operating
   system waits for the printer to send an interrupt when the printer is ready
   for more data. If your adapter does not generate interrupts, it must be
   replaced if you want to print under OS/2 2.1. If your printer-buffer light
   illuminates, or prints one character and then displays an error message (or
   otherwise behaves erratically), you might have an interrupt problem.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.2. Printer Stops Printing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your DOS program sending PostScript output stops printing, do the following:

  1. Cancel the print job that caused the printer to stop printing.
  2. Open the printer-object settings notebook to the Queue page.
  3. Deselect the Print while spooling check box.
  4. Resend the print job.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.3. Print Job Damaged on Retry ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you send a print job to an offline printer, and then retry the operation
when the printer is online by responding to the Retry message, your job might
be damaged.  To fix the problem, cancel the initial job, and resubmit it after
resetting the printer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.4. Printer Worked under DOS, but Not under OS/2 2.1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your printer worked under DOS, but does not work under OS/2 2.1, there is
probably a problem with your hardware-interrupt level or printer cable. (Refer
to Unable to Print.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.5. Print Job Spooled but Does Not Print ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The spooler will not print a job until the program closes the print data
stream. Some DOS programs do not immediately close the print-data stream. If
you see your print job as an icon with an arrow pointing to the document in the
Job Icon View window, the job will not print.  The arrow must point from the
document to the print device. This will not occur until the program closes the
data stream.

If the job does not print after 15 seconds, you might need to change a DOS
setting. By default, the PRINT_TIMEOUT DOS setting is turned On and set to 15
seconds.  If, after 15 seconds, your job does not print, adjust the setting.
You might need to load the LPTDD.SYS file, wait for the timeout response, or
press Ctrl+Alt+Print Screen.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.6. Printing Starts Only When DOS Program Ends ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your DOS print job does not begin printing until the program is ended, the
program has not closed the data stream. Use the DOS_DEVICE DOS setting to load
the C:\OS2\MDOS\LPTDD.SYS device driver. Then, the PRINT_TIMEOUT DOS setting
can be used to close the print job without having to exit the program.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.7. Print Job Split into Several Spool Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your DOS program print job is split into several spool files, you might need
to disable the spooler to correct the problem.  Some programs open and close
the printer data stream for every character, line, or page. Disabling the
spooler (using the Spooler object in the System Setup folder) is one way to
correct this problem. Another alternative is to upgrade the program by
contacting the manufacturer.  If the problem occurs with complex printouts, you
might increase the DOS setting PRINT_TIMEOUT value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.8. Can Only Print from DOS Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are printing from a DOS program, but are unable to print from another
program until you end the DOS program, your DOS program is accessing the
parallel-port hardware directly.  OS/2 2.1 prevents two or more programs from
simultaneously accessing the same parallel-port hardware.  The second program
must wait for the first program to end, even if the second program is the OS/2
Printer object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10.9. Printer Worked under Windows, but Not under OS/2 2.1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your printer worked under a Windows operation, but does not work after
installing OS/2 2.1, delete the printer driver and reinstall it under WIN-OS/2
using the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel.

If printing from a WIN-OS/2 session is slow, but acceptable everywhere in the
system, you might need to set the priority level higher using the Options menu
in the WIN-OS/2 Print Manager.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23. Printing on a Network ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Printing on a network can be as simple as dragging your document (a data-file
object) to the network printer object and dropping it there.  If you want to
check the status of your printing jobs, you can open the network printer object
and display the pending print jobs. Or you can drag a frequently used network
printer object directly to your desktop.

The first time you use a network printer, the system might prompt you to
install a printer driver.  You must install the printer driver before you can
use the network printer.  To install the printer driver, refer to the procedure
in Installing a Printer Driver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.1. Creating a Network Printer Object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have LAN Server Version 2.1, you can create a printer object on the
network from two locations:

 o The remote workstation, or
 o The server using the OS/2 Workplace Shell.

 To create a printer object on the network using your network server, use the
 same method used to create a local printer object (see Creating a Printer
 Object).

 To create a printer object on the network using your remote workstation:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for an existing network printer object.
  2. Select Remote admin; then select Create another.  The Create a Network
     Printer window appears.
  3. Type a name, select a default printer driver, and select a port.
  4. Set up the network printer driver and, if necessary, adjust the settings
     for the port.  You must do this step on the server desktop.  You cannot
     set up the port configuration, printer properties, or job properties from
     a remote workstation.
  5. Use the network program to share the printer object.

 Note:  Only a network administrator can use the Remote admin menu options.

 If your network program identifies the printing resources by system name or
 queue identification, you can find this name in the Physical name field of the
 printer object settings (View tab).

 After creating a printer object to use with IBM LAN Server Version 2.1:

  1. If necessary, change the default printer driver.

     Note:  Do the remaining steps from the server desktop.


  2. Adjust the printer properties to reflect the physical setup of the device.
  3. Install printer fonts, if needed.
  4. Set up default job properties.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.2. Assigning a Port Designation to a Network Printer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To use a program that does not recognize a network printer or plotter by its
network name, or to use operating-system commands (such as COPY or PRINT) with
a network device:

  1. Display the pop-up menu for the network printer object.
  2. Select Assign port.  A window appears.
  3. Select a port in the Assign port field.
  4. Select OK.
  5. Start an OS/2 or DOS command prompt session.
  6. Using the PRINT or COPY command, direct your output to the assigned port
     designation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.3. Network Printing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use several methods to print on a network.  The easiest method is to
use the mouse to drag an object you want to print to a printer object.  You can
also print from a command prompt, from the pop-up menu of the object you want
to print, or from a program.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.3.1. Using Drag and Drop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  1. Select the Network folder.
  2. Select the network group folder.
  3. If your network has servers, select the server folder that contains the
     printer object.

     Note:  You might need to log in to use the Network, network group, or
            servers.


  4. Drag the object you want to print to the printer object.

 If you move, copy, or create a shadow of the network printer object outside
 the Network folder, you can drag an object to be printed without first
 selecting and logging in to the Network folder and its subfolders.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.3.2. Using a Pop-Up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you want to use the Print choice of a pop-up menu and a network printer, set
up the network printer object (see Creating a Printer Object).

To print an object from the menu:

  1. Select one or more objects you want to print.
  2. Display the pop-up menu for the selected objects.
  3. Select the arrow to the right of Print; then select the name of the
     network printer object.

 Note:  After you set up a network printer object, you can make that printer
        object the default for your system.  For example, if you print often on
        the network printer and do not want to select it by name each time you
        print, you can make that printer object the default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.3.3. Using a Program ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 operating system supports printing for OS/2, DOS, and Windows
programs. The setup and method for printing depends upon which of these you
use:

 o To print from a program written for the OS/2 operating system, you must
   first set up the network printer object so that the program lists the
   network printer object on its printer list.

   You only need to add each network printer object one time. Then, whenever
   you use the program's command for printing, you can select the network
   printer object from the program's list of printers.

   Note:  The program might list printer objects by their physical name instead
          of listing the descriptive name that appears below the object on the
          desktop.

 o To print from a DOS or Windows program, assign a port designation to the
   network printer; then select the designated port from the program's
   printer-port list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.4. Network Printing Considerations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o To improve the performance of viewing the contents of a network printer
   object, use a long refresh interval or set the interval to 0 (no refresh).

 o If you are unable to print from a DOS session to an LPT port that is
   redirected to a network printer, you might need to use the LPTDD.SYS device
   driver (see Printing Starts Only When DOS Program Ends).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24. Part 5:  Resolving Problems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

During product development of OS/2 2.1, IBM performed the most comprehensive
testing ever done on any version of the OS/2 operating system. This included
extensive DOS, Windows, and OS/2 application compatibility validation in
addition to stress, usability, and performance testing.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 The information in this section was largely collected during the final
 comprehensive system and compatibility testing phases and the first few months
 of support line calls.

 While most users will not require the information in this section, it can be a
 useful reference if a software or hardware problem should occur.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.1. Service and Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

As a user of OS/2 2.1, you can access electronic support for current technical
information and exchange messages with other OS/2 users 24 hours a day.  If you
run into problems or simply need a question answered about OS/2 2.1, there are
two ways to get help electronically:  the new IBM BBS (Bulletin Board System)
and CompuServe**.

 o For information about registering for and accessing the IBM OS/2 BBS, call
   1-800-547-1283.

 o For CompuServe membership information, call 1-800-848-8199, and ask for
   representative 239.

   If you already are a CompuServe member, simply type "GO OS2SUP" at the !
   prompt to access the OS2SUP forum.

 To locate an OS/2 bulletin board system in your geographical area, call
 1-609-596-1267.  This locator service allows you to enter an area code, and
 the voice unit responds with phone numbers of bulletin boards in your area.

 The OS/2 Support Line provides toll-free voice support for questions related
 to installing or using OS/2 2.1.  The voice support is available for a
 no-charge, no-obligation, 60-day trial.  To take advantage of this special
 offer and receive additional details about the OS/2 Support Line, call
 1-800-237-5511.

 Note:  The OS/2 Support Line is not available for the Extended Services OS/2
        product or the Local Area Network Server Version 2.0 product. For these
        products, contact your place of purchase.

 For general IBM OS/2 product information and availability, call 1-800-3OS2SUP.

 If you should encounter a problem with the operating system, please consult
 this book or the Installation Guide prior to calling the OS/2 Support Line.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25. System Performance Considerations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This chapter describes performance considerations that you should be aware of.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.1. Memory Requirements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The minimum memory requirement for OS/2 2.1 is 4MB. This includes up to 128KB
that is used on some systems for ROM to RAM remapping.

Some systems use more than 128KB for other purposes, so less than the minimum
required memory is available.  On these systems, you might need another 512KB
to 1MB to satisfy the minimum requirements.  Check your system to see if it
offers a way to recapture the memory so that you can regain the minimum
requirement.

Users concerned with response times when using some system functions, such as
loading programs, starting sessions, and switching between sessions, can
improve performance by increasing system memory.  If you are running on a
constrained system (small hard disk, 16-MHz or less processor, 4MB of memory),
an additional 2MB of memory will improve performance. In the entry memory
system (4MB), the recommended file system is the FAT file system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.2. Swapper File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system automatically preallocates the SWAPPER.DAT file based on the size of
installed memory.  This is done to optimize performance and reduce disk
fragmentation.  To tune the size of the swapper file, see the information about
SWAPPATH in the Command Reference.

In OS/2 2.1, the SWAPPER.DAT file is designed to shrink in size when the data
segments are no longer needed, but does not shrink as expected.  This problem
has been fixed by IBM APAR PJ03686, available from CompuServe or the IBM BBS.

Ignore any CHKDSK errors that might be reported on the SWAPPER.DAT file.  These
error indications are normal.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.3. File Systems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Many performance changes have been incorporated into OS/2 2.1 file systems.
They are the file allocation table (FAT) and the high performance file system
(HPFS). Both file systems read ahead (for sequential I/O), lazy write to disk,
and accept threshold parameters.

A disk cache size is preselected by the system based on installed memory, disk
size, and file systems installed. The default for the entry memory system (4MB)
is a cache size of 128KB.  To tune the size of the disk cache, see the
information about DISKCACHE in the Command Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.4. DOS Application Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can improve the performance of some DOS application programs by adjusting
the DOS settings.  If the program does not require extended or expanded memory,
these values can be set to zero. This will provide maximum performance.

Some DOS programs use polling techniques to poll the system for work.  An
example is a program that appears to be idle at an input prompt, but is in fact
polling the keyboard looking for keystrokes. Use the IDLE SENSITIVITY choice to
detect this occurrence and suspend the program while it is polling.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.5. Windows Application Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windows application programs are generally started in one WIN-OS/2 session,
unless specifically set to run in their own WIN-OS/2 session. If you use
several programs simultaneously, you might want to increase the DPMI memory
limit before starting the first program. The first program that is started
determines the DPMI memory available for all subsequent Windows programs that
are used.

In low-memory configurations, you can run multiple Windows programs in one
WIN-OS/2 session.  This reduces both memory and swapper-file requirements.

With a WIN-OS/2 window session, a new session is created every time you
double-click on an active object. To restore the currently active object:

 o Double-click on the minimized program object, or
 o Display the OS/2 Window List and double-click on the program name.

 If you choose to migrate your Windows programs (at installation time or later
 using MIGRATE), most Windows programs will run in one WIN-OS/2 session. If you
 set up a Windows program and do not use MIGRATE, each program runs in its own
 WIN-OS/2 session.

 If you are running Windows programs in a single WIN-OS/2 session, the Windows
 clipboard can be changed from Public to Private for increased performance.
 Setting it to Private means that it can be used in the single Windows
 environment only.

 When a large volume of data is being sent to the clipboard in a WIN-OS/2
 Window session, you might receive the message:

    Data not saved, possible memory or disk space error.
     This data not available in clipboard.
 followed by the message:

    Do you want to exit clipboard?

 Selecting OK to the second message will make the clipboard private to that
 WIN-OS/2 session.  Data that was previously sent to the Public clipboard might
 have remained private.  You might want to use the Private clipboard for
 programs receiving these messages.

 When you exit from a WIN-OS/2 session, the system leaves the clipboard and DDE
 loaded.  If you will not be returning to a WIN-OS/2 session, close both the
 clipboard and DDE. Use the OS/2 Window List to see if they are active.

 To permanently disable public DDE and clipboard exchange between Windows
 programs and Presentation Manager programs, and between Windows programs in
 separate WIN-OS/2 sessions, edit the OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM.INI file.  Under
 the "boot" section you will find the names of these two programs in the
 SAVDMApps= line, the MAVDMApps= line, and the WOS2VDMApps= line.  By removing
 the names of the programs from these lines, the programs will not be
 automatically started. Adding them back will cause them to be started the next
 time a WIN-OS/2 session starts up.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.6. Application Program Usage ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have an application program that you always use, you can set up the
program in the Startup folder to load when the system is started.

To avoid reloading frequently used programs, minimize the program after use and
simply maximize it to use it again. You can find the program in the Window List
or the Minimized Window Viewer.

If you use several different programs, the icons (objects) can be placed on the
desktop or in a folder.  The folder can be set to open when the system is
restarted.

     Tip Close opened programs when you are not going to use them again.

     Close folders that you do not need. Also, move commonly used functions out
     of folders and onto your desktop, and close the folders that contained the
     icons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25.7. Hard Disk Space ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To save hard disk space, be certain to install only the functions you need. If
you have installed the productivity aids and the games, and later only want a
subset of these, delete all OS2\APP and OS2\APP\DLL files and use INSTALL to
selectively install the items you want. Additionally, delete TUTORIAL.HLP in
OS2\HELP\TUTORIAL if you no longer need the tutorial.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26. Software Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most DOS, Windows, and OS/2 programs run under OS/2 2.1 without any
modification.  A few need special attention.  This chapter contains unique
application program compatibility information and other useful tips and
techniques that might be helpful in specific situations. This chapter also
contains information about running a Windows program in a WIN-OS/2 session.

     Attention Some of the information in this section is intended for the more
     advanced user or for the user already familiar with various functions
     provided with OS/2 2.1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.1. Application Program Compatibility ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following list provides information about the compatibility of specific
programs with OS/2 2.1. This information is version specific; later versions of
the same program might operate correctly. Some program manufacturers already
have resolved incompatibility issues and have fixes available; these are noted.

 Action! Sampler 1.0 (Windows)

    o The DPMI_MEMORY_LIMIT WIN-OS/2 setting must be set to 5 or greater.

 Adobe Type Manager (Windows)

    o When using an IBM 4029 printer in PPDS mode with Adobe Type Manager, some
      Windows programs might not function correctly. If this occurs, do not use
      the printer's resident fonts. To disable the printer's resident fonts,
      bring up the control panel of the Windows Adobe Type Manager and ensure
      that the selection "Use Pre-built or Resident Fonts" is disabled.

 After Dark (Windows)

    o To run this program in a WIN-OS/2 window session, change the object's
      settings to hide or minimize the program object to the desktop.
    o This program places a terminate and stay-resident (TSR) reference in the
      AUTOEXEC.BAT file when it is installed. To run in a WIN-OS/2 window
      session, remove this reference from the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.

 Aldus PageMaker (OS/2)

    o In SVGA mode, pasting a bit map into this program produces a blank or
      incorrect black and white bit map.

 Aldus PageMaker 4.0 (Windows)

    o The spelling checker cannot locate the dictionary.
    o Deselect the Public setting to use the clipboard.
    o If you experience incorrect output when spooling standard format files to
      the printer, set the printing to RAW mode. To do this, take the following
      actions:

        1. Display the pop-up menu of the Printer object on the desktop.
        2. Select Open, then Settings, then Queue Options.
        3. Ensure that Printer Specific Format is checked.

 Aldus Persuasion 2.0 (Windows)

    o Use the parallel ports to print.
    o Deselect the Public setting to use the clipboard.

 Arts & Letters Graphics Editor 3.1 (Windows)

    o The DECIPHS utility program requires that a DOS session be started from
      the Windows environment; this is not supported.
    o To run in a WIN-OS/2 window, change the object's settings to minimize to
      the desktop.
    o The directory created by Arts & Letters is named A&L. The ampersand
      character (&) is a reserved character of the command shell, CMD.EXE; it
      is used for conjugated command lines. To change to the A&L directory with
      the CD command, you must use one of two methods of quoting the directory
      name. The first method is to prefix the & in A&L with a ^ (caret, shift
      6):

                 CD A^&L

      The second method is to surround the entire directory name with quotation
      marks (" "):

                CD "A&L"

    o If you are running Arts & Letters and you get a system error (a GDI
      trap), you must restart the operating system before running the program
      again. This is because the program left a portion of itself running when
      it ended and will not start a new copy of itself while that portion is
      running. This also means that when you restart the computer, Arts &
      Letters will start again automatically. It is recommended that you close
      the copy that is opened on system startup and start the program from its
      object when you intend to run it in a window.

 Arts & Letters Composer (OS/2)

    o In SVGA mode, when a portion of a picture is copied to the clipboard as a
      metafile it is not visible when you view the clipboard.  This problem
      occurs for both VGA and TSENG ET4000 SVGA display resolutions.  This
      works correctly in XGA* resolution.
    o In SVGA mode, when stretching or flipping bit map segments that are
      pasted into the application from the clipboard, program traps might occur
      in the 1024 x 768 x 256 TSENG ET4000 and XGA display resolution.  This
      problem also occurs in XGA resolution.

 AutoCAD Version 10 (DOS)

    o Close the program from the desktop. Use an HPFS partition as a
      workaround. A fix is forthcoming from IBM.

 AutoCAD (OS/2)

    o Some of the background colors are set to a very pale color that does not
      show up well on XGA displays.

 AutoManager 4.0 (DOS)

    o The version of the program that uses extended memory uses an unsupported
      DOS memory extender. Use the real-mode version of the program.
    o The program expects COMMAND.COM to be in the root directory of drive C.
      Copy COMMAND.COM from the C:\OS2\MDOS directory to drive C.

 Borland C++** 2.0 and 3.0 (DOS)

    o Set the DPMI_DOS_API DOS setting to Enabled.

 Borland Turbo C++ 2.0 (DOS)

    o The version of the program that uses extended memory uses an unsupported
      DOS memory extender. Use the standard-mode version of the program.

 Borland Turbo Debugger 2.01 (DOS)

    o The version of the program that uses extended memory uses an unsupported
      DOS memory extender. Use the standard-mode version of the program.
    o TD386, the 386 version of Turbo Debugger, manipulates the 80386 control
      registers; this is not supported.

 Borland Turbo Debugger for Windows (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.
    o The screen is temporarily corrupted when this program is called from
      Turbo C++. The screen is restored on the first repaint.  (A repaint can
      be forced by clicking the mouse on several different windows.)

 Borland Turbo Pascal 6.0 (DOS)

    o The version of the program that uses extended memory uses an unsupported
      DOS memory extender. Use the standard-mode version of the program.

 Central Point Backup for DOS 7.1 (DOS)

    o Meaningless characters are displayed when running in a DOS window
      session. Run this program only in a DOS full-screen session.

 Central Point PC Tools Deluxe 7.1 (Windows)

    o Many of the utility programs require starting a DOS session from the
      Windows environment; this is not supported. Start these programs from a
      separate DOS session.
    o The backup feature of this program performs in a manner similar to
      Central Point Backup for Windows, which is in the list of programs that
      do not work correctly with OS/2 2.1. If you experience difficulty backing
      up on a diskette, back up on an alternate device, such as a network drive
      or a tape drive.

 Note:  text=' Tip'.You might need to install this program under a specific DOS
        session.

 Commander Keen (DOS)

    o Set the VIDEO_RETRACE_EMULATION DOS setting to Off.

 Commute (Windows)

    o When this program is installed under WIN-OS/2, the statement
      keyboard.drv=commkbd.drv is added to the SYSTEM.INI file. Change this
      statement to keyboard.drv=keyboard.drv.

 Control Room 1.0 (DOS)

    o You must run this program in a DOS full-screen session for the screen
      blanking feature to work correctly.

 CorelDRAW 2.0 (OS/2)

    o If you do a large amount of printing while in this program, it is
      possible that you might run out of system (memory) resources. To avoid
      this, you should periodically save your work and exit CorelDRAW; then
      restart the program and continue your work.
    o In SVGA mode, sometimes the status words and the coordinate text under
      action bar menus of the client window are blacked out.

 CorelDRAW 2.0 (Windows)

    o Install the program in a DOS session.
    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 CorelDRAW 2.1 (Windows)

    o To install this program:

       - Start a DOS session.
       - Run FFIX /date (note that "date" must be lowercase).
       - Type A: and press Enter.
       - Exit WIN-OS/2.
       - Run FFIX /u.
       - Type install and press Enter.

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 Crosstalk (Windows)

    o Type MODE COMx BUFFER=OFF at the command prompt, where x is the
      communications port you are using, before you run the program.

 dBase IV 1.1 (DOS)

    o If you receive a too many files open error message, set the DOS_FILES DOS
      setting to 30. Set the DOS_VERSION DOS setting to DBASE.EXE,5,0,255. With
      Hyperdisk, set DOS_VERSION to DBASE1.EXE,5,0,255.
    o When using Hyperdisk, you might have to adjust the EMS and XMS memory
      limits.
    o With the multi-user version, the program must be run in a specific DOS
      session.

 Describe (OS/2)

    o In SVGA mode, when you use the hollow attribute for a letter of the
      alphabet the letter will not display.
    o In SVGA mode, after you insert text at the end of a document, the text at
      the end of the input line might be corrupted. To correct this, scroll up
      and down to repaint the screen.
    o In SVGA mode, when you print TIFF objects (bit maps) the resulting print
      may be skewed.

 Designer (OS/2)

    o The MIRRORS.DLL that comes with this program must be installed in the
      program directory, not in the C:\OS2\DLL directory, and the program must
      be started from this directory. This is because OS/2 2.1 comes with its
      own dynamic link library named MIRRORS.DLL.

 Drafix CAD Version 1.11 (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 Drafix CAD Version 3.0 (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 DynaComm** Asynchronous OS/2 (OS/2)

    o The dynamic link libraries (DLLs) included with this product must not be
      in the same directory as the executable file. Put them in a separate
      directory and add that directory to the end of the LIBPATH.

 Enhanced Editor (OS/2)

    o The OS/2 Enhanced Editor supports up to 99 fonts. If additional fonts are
      installed, unpredictable results might occur.
    o In the online help for the Enhanced Editor, it states that you should
      contact your IBM representative for detailed information on how to
      program the editor. Instead, obtain this information from the IBM
      bulletin boards.

 F-117A Stealth Fighter 2.0 (DOS)

    o Set the VIDEO_RETRACE_EMULATION DOS setting to Off.
    o If the program appears to stop at a blank screen soon after you start it,
      press Esc and the program will continue. Once you are past the opening
      screens, the program runs correctly.

 F19 (DOS)

    o Set the HW_ROM_TO_RAM DOS setting to On and the VIDEO_RETRACE_EMULATION
      DOS setting to Off.

 Fastback for Windows (Windows and OS/2)

    o Use only Version 1.01, a no-charge upgrade from Fifth Generation Systems.
      To order, call 1-800-873-4384.
    o In the Options pull-down menu in the program, make sure that the Media
      setting is set to the system default. (The other Media settings write to
      DMA device drivers, which have compatibility problems.)

 Fastback Plus 2.1 and 3.04 (DOS)

    o If you experience difficulty backing up on a diskette, back up on an
      alternate device, such as a network drive or a tape drive.

 FastLynx 1.1 (DOS)

    o To use the serial port with this program, remove the
      DEVICE=C:\OS2\MDOS\VCOM.SYS statement from the CONFIG.SYS file.  The
      parallel port works correctly.
    o Due to its high speed, the program sometimes fails to function. If this
      occurs, simply end the program; system integrity is not compromised. To
      minimize the possibility of this error condition, set the following DOS
      settings:
      HW_TIMER = On
      IDLE_SENSITIVITY = 100
      IDLE_SECONDS = 10

 Form Publisher (Windows)

    o Ensure that the program's printer driver is installed before running the
      program.

 FormBase 1.2 (Windows)

    o The SHARE statement is automatically added to the AUTOEXEC.BAT file
      during program installation. Use an editor to remove the SHARE command
      from the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
    o When running this program and Lotus 1-2-3 in the same WIN-OS/2 session,
      this program must be started first.

 FotoMan (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 Framework III** 1.1 (DOS)

    o The program expects COMMAND.COM to be in the root directory of drive C.
      Copy COMMAND.COM from the C:\OS2\MDOS directory to C:\.
    o Disable the program's print spooler; using it might cause an error.

 Guide (Windows)

    o When running Guide in a WIN-OS/2 window session, you might encounter
      problems with the display of pop-up items.  When a pop-up is selected,
      the box is drawn, the text placed within it, but then redrawn in the
      upper-left portion of the window. The text is not erased when the
      selection button is released.  To avoid this problem, run the application
      in a full-screen session.

 Harvard Draw (Windows)

    o When installing this program under WIN-OS/2, you will receive an error
      dialog box. Select OK in the dialog box and installation will complete
      successfully.

 Harvard Graphics (Windows)

    o When installing this program under WIN-OS/2, you will receive an error
      dialog box. Select OK in the dialog box and the installation will
      complete successfully.
    o When running this program in a WIN-OS/2 window session, the Color
      Selection windows are missing the Color Selection grid. Run this program
      in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 hDC FileApps 1.0 (Windows)

    o The program uses the Windows Notepad for a README text file during
      installation. Indicate that you do not wish to read the file and
      installation will continue.

 HP New Wave 3.0 (Windows)

    o Install the program under DOS. If you experience problems with program or
      session termination, set UseOS2shield=0 in the SYSTEM.INI file (in the
      OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 directory on your startup drive). If that does not help,
      run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 IBM 3363 Optical Disk Drive

    o The software for this product must be run in a specific DOS session that
      is started from drive A.
    o You should run only a small number of other processes when using this
      product.

 IBM PC LAN Support Program (DOS)

    o If you close the DOS session that is running this program, you must first
      reset the token-ring adapter before you restart this session. To fix this
      problem, download RSTTOK.ZIP from the IBM BBS or from IBMFILES in
      CompuServe.

 IBM PC/3270 Version 2.0 (DOS)

    o First, the program must be migrated using the Migrate Applications
      program.
    o Then, on the Session page of the Settings notebook, select the DOS
      settings push button.

       - Select DOS full screen or DOS window.
       - Set the VIDEO_MODE_RESTRICTION DOS setting to CGA.
       - Add "D:[path]DXMA0MOD.SYS" and "D:[path]DXMC0MOD.SYS" to the
         DOS_DEVICE DOS setting.

    o Then, on the Program page of the Settings notebook.

       - Set the Path and File Name to *.
       - Set the Parameters to /K d:[path]PC3270.BAT.
       - Set the Working directory to d:[path].

 IBM PC/3270 V2.0 (Windows)

    o First, the program must be migrated using the Migrate Applications
      program.
    o Then, on the Session page of the Settings notebook, select the WIN-OS/2
      settings push button.

       - Add " /C PC3270WO.BAT" to the DOS_SHELL WIN-OS/2 setting.
       - Add "D:[path]DXMA0MOD.SYS", "D:[path]DXMC0MOD.SYS", and
         "D:[path]PCS802.SYS V=N" to the DOS_DEVICE WIN-OS/2 setting.
       - Set the DOS_SHELL setting to /C PC32700WO.BAT.
       - Select WIN-OS/2 window Separate session or WIN-OS/2 full screen.

    o Then, on the Program page of the Settings notebook:

       - Set the Path and File Name to d:[path]PC3270.EXE.
       - Set the Working directory to d:[path].

 Icon Author (Windows) Existing animations and graphics that are shipped with
 the program should be run on a VGA system or in a low-resolution XGA WIN-OS/2
 full-screen session.  In XGA high resolution, the graphics are scaled to only
 a portion of the screen and text is drawn in normal size.

 Intel SatisFAXtion (DOS)

    o The program must be run in a specific DOS session.
    o If SatisFAXtion software is loaded into each DOS session, it might cause
      the fax to stop if another DOS session is started. Set up one DOS session
      to be used for faxing, and load the device driver and executable files
      only into that DOS session. To do this, take the following steps:

        1. Edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
        2. Cut the last two lines referring to the Intel SatisFAXtion board to
           the clipboard and save the file (using DOS Command File for the file
           type).
        3. Open a new file.
        4. Paste the last two lines into the new file.
        5. Save the new file as FAX.BAT, using DOS Command File as the file
           type.
        6. Edit the CONFIG.SYS file and cut the last two lines relating to the
           Intel SatisFAXtion board to the clipboard (cut only the last line if
           you do not have a scanner installed).
        7. Save the file using Plain Text as the file type.
        8. In the Command Prompts folder, select a DOS Full Screen object,
           press the Ctrl key and mouse button 2 at the same time, move the
           mouse pointer to an empty area in the folder, and release the mouse
           button and the Ctrl key. This creates a copy of DOS Full Screen.
        9. Put the mouse pointer over your new object and click on mouse button
           2.
       10. Select the arrow next to Open, and select Settings.
       11. Go to the Session page and select the DOS settings push button.
       12. Go to DOS_DEVICE and click on mouse button 1. Then, move the mouse
           to the dialog area and click on mouse button 1 (there should be a
           blinking cursor now).
       13. Paste the text that you cut from the CONFIG.SYS file and select
           Save.
       14. Go to the General page and replace the contents of the Title box
           with FAX (or whatever other title you choose).
       15. If you want to edit the new session's object, go to the General page
           and select the Edit push button.
       16. If you want to have this session start each time your system starts,
           move the object to the Startup folder.
       17. Whenever you start this session, type FAX to run the FAX.BAT file
           before using the SatisFAXtion board. Use the fax board in only one
           session at a time.

    o If you install the program using this procedure and you receive error
      messages, install the program under DOS.

 King's Quest (DOS)

    o Remove the DOS=HIGH statement, if one exists, from the CONFIG.SYS file or
      from the DOS_DEVICE DOS setting.

 LAN Support Program Device Drivers (DOS)

    o If you opened a DOS session with the DOS LAN Support Program (LSP) device
      drivers and subsequently closed the session, you must ensure that the
      token-ring adapter is reset before using the LAN from another DOS
      session. To ensure that the token-ring adapter is reset, use RESETOKN.EXE
      or RESETOKN.SYS. These files can be retrieved from CompuServe by issuing
      GO OS2SUP and downloading RESTKN.ZIP from SECTION 17, IBMFILES, or they
      can be retrieved from the IBM National Support Center Bulletin Board
      System by downloading RESTKN.ZIP.
    o The IBM token-ring adapter should be used by only one session at a time.

 LANtastic 4.0 (DOS)

    o You might experience problems with this version of LANtastic. Use Version
      4.1 instead.  For more information, contact the ARTISOFT BBS at
      602-293-0065.

 LANtastic 4.1 (DOS)

    o Run this program in a specific DOS session. Set the DOS_STARTUP_DRIVE DOS
      setting to the location of a DOS kernel to boot from.
    o If you are using Artisoft AE-2 or AE-3 adapters, set your adapters to
      8-bit mode, as described in the adapter documentation.

 LapLink Pro (DOS)

    o Type MODE COMx IDSR=OFF ODSR=OFF OCTS=OFF at the command prompt, where x
      is the communications port you are using, before you run the program.

 LapLink III 3.0 (DOS)

    o It is preferable that you use the parallel port. To use the serial port
      with this program, set the DOS setting, COM_DIRECT_ACCESS to On.

 Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows 1.0 and Lotus 1-2-3 Release 3.1 (DOS)

    o Set the DPMI_MEMORY_LIMIT DOS setting to a minimum of 3MB.
    o After migrating the program to the Workplace Shell, copy the file
      123W.INI to the OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 directory (from the directory previously
      containing Windows Version 3.0).
    o If you plan to use this program, follow these steps:

        1. Create a batch file called LOTUS.BAT which contains:

                           @ECHO OFF
                           CLS
                           PROMPT $p$g
                           PATH=X:\LOTUS
                           SET 123MEMSIZE=2048
                           ...  (any other lines)
                           123.EXE   (last line in file)

        2. Open the Templates folder from the desktop.
        3. Move the mouse pointer to the object.
        4. Press and hold mouse button 2.
        5. Drag a program template to the desktop.
        6. Display the pop-up menu for the program template by pointing at the
           object and then clicking mouse button 2.
        7. Select the arrow to the right of Open.  Select Settings.
        8. In the Path and file name field, enter:

                        x:\path\lotus.bat

        9. Select the Session Tab and select the DOS FULL SCREEN radio button.
           Select the DOS SETTINGS push button.
       10. Select or add the following DOS Settings:

                        DOS_UMB  ON
                        DOS_HIGH  ON
                        DOS_VERSION  INSTALL.EXE,3,40,255
                                                123.EXE,3,40,255
                                                LOTUS.EXE,3,40,255
                                                123DOS.EXE,3,40,255
                                                ZAP.EXE,3,40,255
                                                INS.EXE,3,40,255
                        DPMI_MEMORY_LIMIT  4 OR HIGHER

       11. Select the General tab, and add:

                        Title -> Lotus 123 (or whatever you choose)
           Close the notebook by selecting Close or double-clicking on the
           system menu.
       12. Start the DOS session by opening the DOS Full Screen object.
       13. From the A: prompt, type INSTALL to install the product.
       14. Start the Lotus specific DOS session by double-clicking on the Lotus
           program object.

 Lotus Freelance Graphics for OS/2 (OS/2)

    o If you experience installation problems, contact the Lotus Development
      Corporation.  Lotus will provide a fix.

      You can also download FLGOS2.ZIP from the IBM BBS or from IBMFILES in
      CompuServe, or download INSTAL.ZIP from the LOTUS section of CompuServe.
    o If you experience problems with the color, change the palette from the
      Freelance menus. Instructions on how to do this can be found in the Lotus
      Freelance Graphics for OS/2 User's Guide. A set of new default palettes
      for Freelance Graphics is available. These can be retrieved from
      CompuServe by issuing GO OS2SUP and downloading PALETT.ZIP from SECTION
      17, IBMFILES, or they can be retrieved from the IBM National Support
      Center Bulletin Board System by downloading PALETT.ZIP.

 Lotus Freelance Graphics for Windows (Windows)

    o The pointer to printer objects points to Screen Show instead of to the
      printer.

 Lotus Magellan** 2.0 (DOS)

    o The UNDELETE function in the program uses physical-sector addressing,
      which is not supported. Use the OS/2 UNDELETE command.

 Lotus Notes (OS/2)

    o To use Notes 2.x, you must delete the file QNC.EXE from the Notes program
      directory.  This file is used only for debug support in the field.
      Therefore, its removal will not affect program execution.

 MAGICorp (Windows)

    o Running this program with other programs in the same WIN-OS/2 session
      might cause a system halt. Run this program by itself in a WIN-OS/2
      full-screen session.

 Mathcad 3.0 (Windows)

    o To install this program:

       - Start a DOS session.
       - Run FFIX /date (note that "date" must be lowercase).
       - Install the program (the installation program is a DOS program).
       - Run FFIX /u.

 Mathcad 3.1 (Windows)

    o Set the DPMI_MEMORY_LIMIT DOS setting to 64 or greater.
    o Set the XMS_MEMORY_LIMIT DOS setting to 0.
    o Set the EMS_MEMORY_LIMIT DOS setting to 0.

 Media Player and Recorder

    o The software for this product should be run only in a WIN-OS/2
      full-screen session. Using another type of session causes the session to
      end when opening a file with a .WAV file name extension.

 MicroProse Civilization (DOS)

    o Set the VIDEO_RETRACE_EMUL setting to Off and the HW_TIMER setting to On.

 More Windows (Windows)

    o If you use the Full-Page Paper White mode or Full-Screen Color mode, the
      screen might be disrupted. Avoid using these modes.

 MS Bookshelf - CD-ROM Reference Library (DOS/Multimedia)

    o The program requires version 6.14 of the mouse device driver, MOUSE.COM,
      which comes with the product.
    o Use the INT_DURING_IO setting to avoid video and audio problems.
    o The program will not install if the PATH statement in the AUTOEXEC.BAT
      file exceeds 254 characters.  If this problem exists, do the following:

        1. Make a backup copy of the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
        2. Edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT file and add the directory to install the
           program. For example, if you want to install the program on your D
           drive, add D:\VIEWER to the PATH statement.
        3. Save the file; then start a WIN-OS/2 session to install the program.

 MS Chart 3.0 (DOS)

    o Install the program's mouse driver, and set MOUSE_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS to On.

 MS CodeView (DOS/OS/2)

    o When using the protect-mode version, CVP 2.2 (for OS/2), trace through
      the source code, rather than through the assembler language.
    o In order for the program to work correctly, delete the PWBHLP.PXT help
      file.

 MS CodeView for Windows Version 3.0 (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 MS Excel for DOS 2.1 (DOS)

    o Set the XMS_MEMORY_LIMIT DOS setting to 0.

 MS Excel for OS/2 3.0 (OS/2)

    o The Help index and the Keyboard Help windows operate incorrectly. Avoid
      using these functions.

 MS Excel for Windows 3.0 (Windows)

    o Deselect the Public setting to use the clipboard.
    o When using dynamic data exchange (DDE), run it in the same WIN-OS/2
      session as the Windows program it is communicating with.

 MS Money 1.0 (Windows)

    o Calls the Windows Calculator accessory program. Use the OS/2 Calculator
      mini-application program in the Productivity folder.

 MS MSCDEX (DOS)

    o Run the program in a specific DOS session.

 MS Project for Windows 1.0 (Windows)

    o Must be installed in a DOS session.

 MS QuickC (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 MS Windows 3.0 (DOS)

    o It is preferable that you run Windows programs under WIN-OS/2, which
      supports both standard and real mode Windows programs. However, if you
      choose to run this program, run it in real mode only.

 MS Word (OS/2)

    o You might have problems selecting items from the application menu, and
      the application appears to freeze. Call the Microsoft** support number
      for their fix.

 Mirrors III

    o Type MODE COMx BUFFER=OFF at the command prompt, where x is the
      communications port you are using, before you run the program.

 National Geographics Mammals (DOS)

    o Run the program with the DOS Setting INT_DURING_IO set to On.

 National Geographic Presidents (DOS)

    o Run the program with the DOS Setting INT_DURING_IO set to On.

 Norton Backup 1.2 (DOS)

    o You might experience diminished performance when backing up to diskette.

 Norton Desktop (Windows)

    o This program assumes that if it is not the first program loaded another
      desktop is running. Include the UseOS2shield=0 statement in SYSTEM.INI
      (in the \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 directory on your startup drive).
    o If you experience difficulty formatting a diskette, use the OS/2 FORMAT
      command. If you experience difficulty backing up on a diskette, back up
      on an alternate device, such as a network drive or a tape drive.
    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 Norton Utilities 5.0 (DOS)

    o The UNDELETE functions require physical sector addressing, which is not
      supported. Use the OS/2 UNDELETE command.
    o The utility programs that manipulate the hard disk (for example,
      UNDELETE, UNFORMAT, DISKTOOL, CALIBRATE, the Disk Doctor, and the Disk
      Editor) can cause a system halt. Some of these programs can be used on
      floppy diskettes.

 PaintShow Plus 2.21 (DOS)

    o Load the version of MOUSE.COM that comes with the program before starting
      the program.

 Paradox 3.5 (DOS)

    o The version of the program that uses extended memory uses an unsupported
      DOS memory extender. Use the standard version of the program.

 Peachtree Complete III 5.0 (DOS)

    o Set the DOS_FILES DOS setting to 60.
    o The program's Lookup function does not list all the companies that have
      been entered into the program's list of companies; it displays
      meaningless characters.

 Perform Pro 1.0 (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 PFS First Choice** (DOS)

    o When the program is run in a DOS window, the mouse pointer does not
      reflect tool selection.
    o Set the baud rate to 2400 or lower when using the communication feature.

 PFS WindowWorks 1.75 (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 Photostyler (Windows)

    o Run the program in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.
    o When an image is scanned or provided as input into a WIN-OS/2 window
      session and a pull-down menu is selected that covers the image, if a
      second pull down menu is selected then the first pull down menu is not
      properly repainted.  This problem occurs in SVGA mode.

 PM Terminal Program

    o Make sure that the asynchronous communications driver, SASYNCDB.SYS, is
      not commented out in a REM statement in the CONFIG.SYS file.

 Publishers PowerPak 2.1 (Windows)

    o Create the directory
      C:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\POWERPAK
      before running the installation batch file.

 Quattro Pro 3.0 (DOS)

    o Install printers from within the program, rather than during program
      installation.

 Quicken (DOS)

    o Remove the DOS=HIGH statement, if one exists, from CONFIG.SYS or from the
      DOS_HIGH setting.

 Quicken for Windows** (Windows)

    o The program calls the Windows Calculator accessory program. Use the
      Calculator mini-application program in the Productivity folder.

 Risk (DOS)

    o Do not use the program's shutdown function.

 SantaFe Media Manager (DOS)

    o To install this program:

       - Start a DOS session.
       - Run FFIX /find (note that "find" must be lowercase).
       - Install the program.
       - Run FFIX /u.

 SideKick (OS/2)

    o A printer must be installed and present on the desktop to use the
      Notepad.

 Signmaster 5.11 (DOS)

    o The plot/preview feature causes an illegal instruction to be issued.

 Soft Term (OS/2)

    o In the Send File and Receive File windows, the first time the drive is
      changed, the Directory window updates incompletely. After the first time,
      the Directory window works normally.

 SoundBlaster (DOS)

    o The SBTEST utility program reports an incorrect DMA level during
      installation. Disregard the error message and continue with installation.
      The program will be installed correctly.
    o The PARROT program does not run in a DOS session.

 Space Quest IV (DOS)

    o Set DOS_BACKGROUND_EXECUTION to Off so that the program is suspended when
      it is placed in the background.
    o Set up the program so that it does not use extra memory.
    o For best performance, run this program in a DOS full-screen session.
    o For computers with a SoundBlaster card, change to the drive and directory
      which contains Space Quest IV and enter

            SQ4FIX

      on the command line.

 SQLWindows 3.0 (Windows)

    o The program accesses drive A at intermittent intervals. Keeping an empty
      diskette in drive A will save you from having to respond to The A: device
      is not ready error.

 Stacker 2.0 (DOS) c.

    o This program does not run under OS/2 2.0.  Stac Electronics has announced
      an OS/2 2.0 compatible version of Stacker that will be released later in
      1992.  Contact Stac Electronics for more information.

 Tetris for Windows (Windows)

    o When running Tetris in a WIN-OS/2 window session, you might see icon
      color distortion on the desktop.  This can be corrected by performing an
      action that causes the desktop to repaint itself.  One such action is to
      select Refresh on the desktop pop-up menu.

 The Way You Work (DOS/Windows)

    o Install this program under DOS. Once installed, the program can run in a
      DOS or WIN-OS/2 session.

 Windows Multimedia Extensions (Windows) c.

    o If you are running this program and another program that uses the audio
      adapter at the same time, unpredictable results might occur.

    o The OS/2 Multimedia Presentation Manager avoids this problem.

 Winfax Pro** (Windows)

    o Run this program only in a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.
    o If you are using Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), avoid switching from the
      WIN-OS/2 full-screen session in which you are running; switching from the
      WIN-OS/2 session to another session might break the DDE link.
    o If you have transmission problems, try setting the line speed to 2400
      baud.

 Wing Commander II (DOS)

    o Set HW_TIMER to On.
    o If you are running on a slower computer, turn the sound option off.

 WordPerfect for Windows (Windows)

    o Change to the directory that contains WPWINFIL.EXE and type:

                FIXWP WPWINFIL.EXE. (then enter)

      To enable WordPerfect for Windows to run under DOS and Windows Version
      3.0 again, run UNFIXWP in a similar manner.
    o Button bar icons do not always appear correctly.  Button bar text and
      processing is correct.

 WordPerfect Office 3.0 (DOS)

    o Install the keyboard-enhancement utility program manually, after program
      installation, by adding it to the CONFIG.SYS file.

 Xtree Pro Gold 2.0 (DOS)

    o The Zip Manager feature cannot find the zip file it is to act upon. Avoid
      using this feature.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2. Incompatible Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following identifies categories of programs that do not work correctly with
OS/2 2.1.

 o DOS extenders that require exclusive access to the 80386 control registers,
   such as the Virtual Control Program Interface (VCPI), are not supported
   because they would conflict with OS/2 2.1 operations. The DOS Protect-Mode
   Interface (DPMI) 0.9, the Expanded Memory Specification (EMS), and the
   Extended Memory Specification (XMS) are supported.

 o Programs that directly address the physical disk sectors to perform
   disk-write operations are not supported. These operations would conflict
   with OS/2 2.1 operations. This category includes most DOS UNDELETE programs.

 o Some Windows programs make use of the Windows accessory programs, like the
   Calculator. If you already had Windows Version 3.0 installed and you did not
   format your hard disk when you installed OS/2 2.1, the accessory programs
   are on your hard disk and are supported by OS/2 2.1. However, the accessory
   programs are not part of the WIN-OS/2 environment included with OS/2 2.1.

 o Programs (and hardware) that require the Windows Enhanced mode are not
   supported. This mode uses an unsupported memory-management method. Programs
   that run in Windows standard mode and real mode are supported.

 o Some DOS or Windows games that use digitized sound might not work correctly
   because OS/2 delivers only 1000 interrupts per second to a DOS session.  To
   fix this, change the DOS settings for the program to no sound.

 o Programs that manipulate the 80386 control registers, such as 386 DOS
   debuggers, are not supported; this would conflict with OS/2 2.1 operations.

 o Fax boards and programs that require more than 1000 interrupts per second
   (9600 baud or greater) are not supported. The following fax boards and
   programs contain timing sensitivities that might prevent reliable operation:

    - ATI ETC
    - Cardinal FAX
    - Smartfax**
    - Twincomm 24/96

   The programs listed here fit into one or more of the categories listed
   previously:

    - Bound Checker (DOS)
    - Central Point Backup** for Windows
    - Close-Up (Windows)
    - Desert Storm CD-ROM (Windows)
    - Distinct** Back-Up (Windows)
    - DoDot 3.0 (Windows)
    - Fax Concentrator (DOS)
    - Magic-CV (DOS)
    - Mathematica 2.0 (Windows)
    - MusicPrinter Plus** 4.0 (DOS)
    - Omnipage Professional** 1.0 (Windows)
    - Oracle (DOS) (There is an OS/2 version of this program.)
    - Perceive for Windows
    - PharLap** DOS extenders prior to Version 4.0
    - Realizer** 1.0 (Windows)
    - Smartfax (DOS)
    - Soft-ICE (DOS)
    - Splash 1.01 (DOS)
    - Turbo Debugger (DOS)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.3. Improving Program Compatibility ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following provides techniques that improve program compatibility:

 o For more reliable DOS communications performance on slower systems, the
   combined baud rate should not exceed 9600 bps for one or more concurrent DOS
   applications.

 o You can improve the performance of DOS communications programs by using the
   16550AFN UART communications chips.

 o If you run a bulletin board or a DOS communications application that keeps
   timing out, change the DOS settings as indicated below.  If the first
   settings change does not fix the problem, change the next settings, and so
   forth.

     1. HW_TIMER to On
     2. IDLE_SECONDS to 60, and IDLE_SENSITIVITY to 100
     3. COM_HOLD to On
     4. HW_ROM_TO_RAM to On
     5. If you lose data using DOS communications software, set the
        PRIORITY_DISK_IO setting to NO in your CONFIG.SYS file, and the
        IDLE_SENSITIVITY setting to 100% in the DOS settings for the object.

   If the DOS-settings changes do not fix the problem, set PRIORITY_DISK_IO to
   NO in the CONFIG.SYS file.

 o Some DOS and Windows programs run correctly only in full-screen sessions.
   Any Windows program that does not use the Windows application program
   interface (API) function to change the video mode should be run in a
   WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.

 o Some DOS and Windows programs must be installed or run in a specific DOS
   session.  A specific DOS session is started by booting from an actual
   version of DOS. For more information, refer to "DOS, starting specific
   version" in the online Master Help Index.

 o Some programs run in OS/2, DOS, or WIN-OS/2 sessions, but require that you
   install the program under DOS.

 o DOS programs that use low level file-system calls cannot access HPFS disks.

 o If you are running communications programs, set the CONFIG.SYS statement
   PRIORITY_DISK_IO to NO; then restart your system.

 o Code-page-switching support is not available for graphics mode in DOS
   sessions.

 o Some DOS and Windows programs use security keys as protection against
   copyright infringement. The security key is a 25-pin connector that is
   connected to the parallel port of the computer on which the program is
   executing. The program checks to see if the connector is attached and, if
   the connector is not present, the program is assumed to be an illegal copy.
   When more than one DOS session is running one of these programs, a SYS1799
   error can result. This occurs because the programs that use these security
   keys do not de-allocate the parallel port if a second session is started for
   a program that also requires the security key. This error is the result of a
   direct I/O parallel port contention mechanism that protects the user from
   possible data corruption. To disable this mechanism:

     1. Display the pop-up menu for the printer object by moving the mouse
        pointer to it and clicking mouse button 2.
     2. Select the arrow to the right of Open; then select Settings.
     3. Select the Output tab.
     4. Open the LPT port that has the contention problem.
     5. Select Shared access to share the port between DOS sessions doing
        direct I/O to the parallel port.
     6. Select OK.

 o Some Windows Multimedia Extension programs might not work correctly after
   being migrated to OS/2 2.1. If this occurs, reinstall them under WIN-OS/2.

 o If the SYS0005 error ACCESS DENIED occurs when starting DOS programs, follow
   this procedure:

     1. Shut down the system.

     2. Insert the Installation Diskette into drive A.

     3. Restart the system.

     4. When prompted, remove the Installation Diskette, insert Diskette 1, and
        press Enter.

     5. At the "Welcome to OS/2" screen, press Esc.

     6. Remove Diskette 1 and insert Diskette 2.

     7. At the command prompt, type CHKDSK C: /F and press Enter.

     8. If you receive the error cross-linked extended attribute, repeat the
        previous command until CHKDSK reports no errors.

     9. After repeated attempts, if CHKDSK continues to report errors, note the
        names of the files related to the errors.  Copy these files to a blank
        diskette and delete the files from the hard disk.  Then, run CHKDSK
        again.

    10. When CHKDSK reports no errors, copy the files back to their original
        location and restart your system.

   Note:  This problem usually occurs when an EADATA file is deleted from DOS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.4. Windows Application Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section contains information about running a Windows program in a WIN-OS/2
window or full-screen session.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.4.1. Improving Program Performance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following are tips for using your computer more efficiently when running
Windows programs in WIN-OS/2 sessions:

 o Current information for WIN-OS/2 window sessions in high-resolution video
   modes is available from CompuServe, the IBM National Support Center Bulletin
   Board System, the OS/2 Bulletin Board System, and IBMLINK*.

 o If you are running Windows programs in WIN-OS/2 window sessions, you cannot
   have any statement in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file that prompts the user for input
   (for example, "Press any key to continue").

 o Do not use the SETUP.EXE file shipped with Windows Version 3.0.  Instead,
   use the SETUP.EXE file shipped with WIN-OS/2 to ensure your environment is
   properly configured for OS/2 2.1.  Use the Selective Install program in OS/2
   2.1 to change video device drivers for VGA, 8514, XGA, EGA, and CGA, and for
   mouse device drivers.  To start Selective Install, open OS/2 System, then
   System Setup, then Selective Install.

 o To decompress Windows device drivers supplied by equipment manufacturers,
   use the EXPAND.EXE utility program for WIN-OS/2 located on OS/2 2.1 Diskette
   9.

 o If a Windows program does not work correctly in a WIN-OS/2 session, it is
   likely that the program files were not all migrated properly.  To fix the
   problem, you can reinstall the program using a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session.
   (Select Run on the File menu of the Program Manager and use the command line
   there.) Or, if you know the specific files that are needed, you can copy
   them from the \WINDOWS directory to the \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 directory.

 o If you are running a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session and you have an 8514
   display, use DOS Settings to set VIDEO_8514A_XGA_IOTRAP to Off and
   VIDEO_SWITCH_NOTIFICATION to On.

 o If the VIDEO_SWITCH_NOTIFICATION setting is On, wait until you see the
   WIN-OS/2 Program Manager in a full-screen session before switching back to
   the OS/2 desktop.  If the session does not start successfully, close it, and
   then restart it.

 o The value for VIDEO_SWITCH_NOTIFICATION should not be changed for an active
   WIN-OS/2 session.

 o You cannot use the WIN-OS/2 Control Panel to change mouse buttons in
   WIN-OS/2 window sessions. Change mouse button settings from the OS/2 desktop
   to affect the WIN-OS/2 mouse buttons in the WIN-OS/2 window environment.
   The WIN-OS/2 Control Panel can still be used for changing mouse buttons in
   WIN-OS/2 full-screen sessions.

 o If you install the US English version of OS/2 2.1, and you want to change
   the system configuration to another country or language, run Selective
   Install to make the changes effective for OS/2. To make the changes
   effective for WIN-OS/2, start WIN-OS/2 in a full-screen session, open the
   Control Panel, and use the International choice to make your changes.

 o If you start a program in a WIN-OS/2 session and receive the message FATAL
   ERROR 0X0401, ensure that all device statements are correct in
   OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM.INI.

 o If you are running a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session with an XGA video device
   driver and your WIN-OS/2 objects are not clear, use the Control Panel to
   choose another color scheme for the WIN-OS/2 Program Manager.

 o To improve performance, it is preferable to have only one server or client
   in a WIN-OS/2 session.

 o If you have an XGA or 8514 display, keep the DDE server as an object instead
   of opening it.  Also, set the DOS setting VIDEO_SWITCH_NOTIFICATION to On.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.4.2. Using Clipboard and Dynamic Data Exchange ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o If you use the Clipboard Viewer to display data that was cut or copied to
   the clipboard from a DOS, OS/2, or Windows program, ensure that the
   Clipboard Viewer is running before marking the text; otherwise, the copy
   might not be successful.

 o The availability of Clipboard and Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) functions can
   vary, depending upon the types of sessions you are running.

    - In standard-mode full-screen WIN-OS/2 sessions, Clipboard and DDE default
      to Public.

 o To disable Clipboard and DDE in an OS/2 session, do the following:

     1. Create a WIN-OS/2 window or full-screen session, so that Clipboard and
        Data Update are started. (Clipboard and Data Update are automatically
        started when you start a WIN-OS/2 session.)
     2. On the OS/2 desktop, display the Window List.
     3. Select Clipboard and Data Update.
     4. Display a pop-up menu by clicking mouse button 2 on Clipboard or Data
        Update.
     5. Select Close.

 o To share data between WIN-OS/2 sessions only, close Data Update and
   Clipboard in the OS/2 sessions.

 o In a WIN-OS/2 window session, the Clipboard and DDE objects are not
   available.  You do not have access to the clipboard features.

   However, if you want to use a private clipboard in WIN-OS/2 window sessions,
   you can remove !CLIPWOS2 from the SYSTEM.INI file (in the OS2\MDOS\WINOS2
   directory). The statements involved are those that begin with:

         SAVDMApps=
         MAVDMApps=
         WOS2VDMapps=
   All three occurrences of !CLIPWOS2 must be removed.  It is advisable to back
   up the SYSTEM.INI file before making the changes, so that you can easily
   restore the original SYSTEM.INI if you decide to do so in the future.

     Warning: If the SYSTEM.INI file is changed incorrectly, you might not be
     able to use WIN-OS/2. If you are not familiar with Windows .INI files, you
     might want to arrange for a person who has Windows technical expertise to
     make any changes in the SYSTEM.INI file.

 o To disable Clipboard and DDE in a full-screen WIN-OS/2 session, do the
   following:

     1. Start WIN-OS/2.
     2. Click mouse button 1 on the Clipboard object to display the window
        menu.
     3. Select Close.
     4. Respond to the confirmation message.
     5. Repeat the previous steps to close the DDE Interchange Agent.

 o If you experience slow performance when using a Windows program to copy data
   to the clipboard, consider the following information on improving
   performance.

   The clipboard uses delayed rendering, which means only the format name is
   given to the clipboard.  The actual data is rendered only when the Paste
   menu choice is selected.  Many Windows programs use this scheme when they
   copy data to the clipboard.  However, to share data between WIN-OS/2 and
   OS/2 sessions, the WIN-OS/2 clipboard receives all data from the program
   that copied the data to the clipboard, and then sends the data to other
   sessions.  This process is time-consuming.  You can decide whether or not
   you want to share data between WIN-OS/2 sessions.

   If you do not want to share data, open the Clipboard object in a WIN-OS/2
   full-screen session and turn off the Public clipboard choice on the Options
   menu bar choice; however, if you want to share some of the data between
   sessions, use the File Export and Import menu bar choices.

 o If you are unable to paste data from the OS/2 clipboard to a WIN-OS/2
   session, you need to open the WIN-OS/2 session before you copy data from the
   OS/2 clipboard. The WIN-OS/2 session starts the OS/2 clipboard, which will
   send the data to the WIN-OS/2 clipboard. This problem will be fixed in a
   future release.

 o If you cannot paste a bit map from the OS/2 clipboard to a WIN-OS/2 session,
   the bit map might be too large, or the program might not understand the
   device-independent bit map (DIB) format of the file. For example, icons
   created using the Icon Editor are not understood by some Windows programs,
   such as Microsoft Paintbrush.  If your WIN-OS/2 session is started first,
   you can view the bit map in the OS/2 clipboard; however, you cannot paste
   it.  The Paste menu choice is grayed (unavailable).

 o If you are running several programs concurrently (each doing Copy and
   Paste), you might receive from the clipboard pasted data that was supposed
   to go into another program. Suppose you copy data to the clipboard using
   Program 1, but do not paste it into its destination right away. While
   Program 1 is doing other work, you copy data from Program 2 to the
   clipboard, and you do not paste that data either. Later, you attempt to
   paste the Program 1 data from the clipboard.  However, the only data that is
   pasted is from Program 2, not Program 1. This happens because the clipboard
   can hold data from only one cut or copy at a time. In this example, the
   copied data from Program 2 replaced the data from Program 1.

   To avoid having this problem, always paste the cut or copied data into its
   destination program before you cut or copy data from another program to the
   clipboard.

 o Vertical scrolling in the OS/2 clipboard does not work. It will be fixed in
   a future release. In the meantime, you can use Page Down and Page Up.

 o When a program copies several sources of data to a public clipboard in
   different formats, and if one of the sources creates a rendering problem, no
   data is sent to other WIN-OS/2 sessions.  In a future release, only the
   problem data will not be sent to the public clipboard.

 o When a metafile is copied to the OS/2 clipboard, it is converted into a bit
   map, and then the image is enlarged.  Only the center of the image is in the
   clipboard viewer.  This will be fixed in a future release.

 o Metafiles in WIN-OS/2 and OS/2 are not compatible. If you copy a WIN-OS/2
   metafile without bit map information to a public clipboard, it is converted
   to a device-independent bit map (DIB) so that it can be exchanged with an
   OS/2 session.

 o If you want to use dynamic data exchange (DDE) using the Paste Link choice
   on the File menu of a program, consider the following information.

   The clipboard should be set to Public.  The client and server must negotiate
   the data format to initiate the DDE link.  If this negotiation fails, some
   applications do not display any error message and no further action is
   taken. If this happens, try another menu choice (for example, Link), if
   available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27. Video Graphics Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 operating system supports a variety of display adapters, such as the
color graphics adapter (CGA), enhanced graphics adapter (EGA), video graphics
adapter (VGA), 8514/A adapter, extended graphics adapter (XGA), and super VGA
(SVGA) adapter.

The OS/2 operating system supports the following SVGA chip sets:

 o Tseng Labs** ET4000
 o ATI** VGA Wonder (Rev. 2.0 or higher)
 o Western Digital** PVGA1A, WD90C00, WD90C11, WD90C30, and WD90C31
 o Headland Technologies** HT209
 o Trident Microsystems** 8900B and 8900C

 OS/2, DOS, and Windows programs can run successfully in both foreground and
 background sessions.  Usually, you do not need to be concerned with the
 graphics modes that a program uses, or whether a program will run successfully
 in a background session.

 With some display adapters, OS/2 has limitations when running certain DOS and
 Windows graphics programs in the background.  This is because of the
 difficulty of providing virtual access to the display adapter hardware without
 interrupting either the foreground session or other background sessions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1. Video Mode Considerations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o CGA, EGA, and 8514 resolutions only support full-screen WIN-OS/2* sessions.
 o VGA, XGA, and SVGA resolutions support WIN-OS/2 window sessions and WIN-OS/2
   full-screen sessions.

 Under certain conditions, DOS programs that utilize graphical display modes
 will be suspended when they attempt to write to the display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.1. VGA Adapter ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use 256 colors with resolutions greater than 320 x 200 or 16
colors with resolutions greater than 640 x 480 will be suspended when the
program is in a background session and the desktop does not have control of the
display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.2. SVGA Adapter Using 16 Color Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use 256 colors with resolutions greater than 320 x 200 or 16
colors with resolutions greater than 640 x 480 will be suspended when the
program is in a background session and the desktop does not have control of the
display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.3. SVGA Adapter Using 256 Color Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use 256 colors with resolutions greater than 320 x 200 or any
16 color graphics mode will be suspended when the program is in a background
session and the desktop does not have control of the display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.4. XGA Adapter with the Desktop Using XGA Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use XGA graphics modes, 256 colors with resolutions greater
than 320 x 200, or any 16 color graphics mode will be suspended when the
program is in a background full-screen session.  They cannot run in a window on
the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.5. XGA Adapter with the Desktop Using VGA Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use 256 colors with resolutions greater than 320 x 200 or 16
colors with resolutions greater than 640 x 480 will be suspended when the
application is in a background session and the desktop does not have control of
the display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.6. 8514/A Adapter With the Desktop Using 8514 Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use 8514 high resolution, 256 colors with resolutions greater
than 320 x 200, or 16 colors with resolutions greater than 640 x 480 will be
suspended when the program is in a background full-screen session.  They cannot
be run in a window on the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.7. 8514/A Adapter With the Desktop Using VGA Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use 256 colors with resolutions greater than 320 x 200 or 16
colors with resolutions greater than 640 x 480 will be suspended when the
program is in a background session and the desktop does not have control of the
display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.8. EGA Adapter ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DOS programs that use EGA mode to write to the display will be suspended when
the program is in a background session and the desktop does not have control of
the display.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1.9. More Video Mode Considerations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All WIN-OS/2 full-screen display drivers provided with OS/2 2.1 only write to
the display when the full-screen session is in the foreground.  They suppress
all background operations that write to the display.  This enables a Windows
program to continue running while the session is in the background.  When the
session is in the foreground, the Windows program automatically redraws itself.

Avoid using Windows full-screen display drivers that are not shipped with OS/2
2.1.  They might not be designed to suppress background writing to the display.
A background WIN-OS2 full-screen session that uses a Windows display driver can
cause a Windows program to be suspended under certain conditions.  These
conditions are similar to those described above for DOS programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2. Super VGA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Resolutions above VGA (640 x 480 x 16 colors) are referred to as Super VGA
(SVGA).  The implementation of SVGA varies widely and requires different device
drivers for different resolutions, as well as for different adapters and
systems. All SVGA adapters are supported in VGA mode with the VGA driver
provided with OS/2 2.1.

The base video system and virtual display device driver in OS/2 2.1 have been
enabled for some of the most popular SVGA chips and adapters.  This support is
required to switch between OS/2, DOS, or WIN-OS/2 applications.  Because of the
many implementations and video modes, a limited number of video boards have
been tested.

The following Super VGA adapters have been tested and found to work with OS/2
2.1 for DOS applications that make use of SVGA modes:

 o Orchid** ProDesigner IIs by Orchid Technology (ISA and MCA versions)
 o Trident TVGA by Trident Microsystems, Inc. (8900b and c levels)
 o STB PowerGraph** VGA by STB Systems, Inc.
 o Video Seven VRAM II, by Video Seven
 o Boca Super VGA by Boca Research** Inc.
 o VGAWONDER XL** series by ATI Technologies, Inc.
 o Paradise VGA Professional by Western Digital Imaging

 VGA support is designed to be generic for the Trident, Tseng**, ATI, Headland,
 and Western Digital chipsets.  It is likely that there are many more adapters
 which are supported that have not been tested.

 The 8514/ULTRA** by ATI must be installed as an 8514 and as a primary display;
 it will default to high-resolution mode. You need to edit the following
 statement in your CONFIG.SYS file:

     DEVICE=\OS2\MDOS\VVGA.SYS
 to

     DEVICE=\OS2\MDOS\VSVGA.SYS

 Contact the manufacturer of your computer or SVGA video adapter to obtain
 device drivers and installation instructions if you want to run Windows or
 OS/2 applications in SVGA modes. Information about SVGA support will be
 available on CompuServe, the National Support Center Bulletin Board System,
 the OS/2 Bulletin Board System, as well as many video-board and system
 manufacturers' bulletin boards.

 Do not run the video-adapter test utility programs in OS/2 2.1 unless the
 manufacturer has explicitly verified that they run in OS/2 2.1.

 Some video adapters require that the computer's DOS BIOS initialize the video
 adapter correctly.  If you have one of these adapters, screen text might
 appear distorted in an OS/2 full-screen command prompt.  To remedy this, start
 a DOS full-screen session, type exit, and then switch back to the OS/2
 full-screen session; the text should appear normal.

 To automate this process, you can create a DOS batch file to run when you
 start your computer.  Add the following statement to STARTUP.CMD:

   START /FS /DOS DOSFS.BAT

 Create the file DOSFS.BAT and place the following statement in it:

   EXIT


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.1. SVGA ON Utility Program ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have one of the video adapters listed previously and want to run DOS or
Windows applications that make use of SVGA, you must turn on OS/2 2.1 SVGA
support.  The OS/2 Installation program detects the type of video chip in the
system; it cannot detect the type of adapter or system board that the video
chip has been implemented on.  You must determine that you have a supported
configuration, and then explicitly enable SVGA.

To enable SVGA, type the following at a DOS full-screen command prompt:

 SVGA ON

Then restart the system.

Note:  This does not apply to IBM PS/2 Micro Channel computers.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.2. OS/2 SVGA Video Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o OS2\SVGADATA.PMI

   This file indicates that SVGA support has been enabled with SVGA ON. The
   file contains data on the following:

    - The video chipset of your SVGA adapter.
    - The SVGA modes from the supported list your adapter is capable of
      setting.  The list of supported modes is:

       o 640 x 480/256 colors
       o 800 x 600/16  colors
       o 800 x 600/256 colors
       o 1024 x 768/16 colors
       o 1024 x 768/256 colors
       o 132 x 25 text
       o 132 x 43 or 44 text

    - The values in the video registers when the adapter is in each mode.  This
      data is used by the OS/2 operating system to save and restore the
      registers to their proper state when switching between sessions with
      different SVGA modes set. This data file must be generated by typing SVGA
      ON at a DOS full-screen command prompt, because SVGA ON sets all the
      possible modes using the BIOS of the video adapter, and then reads out
      the values of the registers into the .PMI file.  If SVGA ON is run from a
      DOS window, the video virtualization of the operating system takes over,
      and the BIOS does not set the SVGA modes properly. Even though two
   systems have the same video adapter, the same SVGADATA.PMI file does not
   work in both.  The SVGADATA.PMI file has to be specific to each
   adapter/display setup.

 o OS2\SVGA.EXE

   This is the utility program that generates the .PMI file and places it in
   the OS2 subdirectory.  The syntax is:

      SVGA ON|OFF|STATUS
   where ON creates the OS2\SVGADATA.PMI file and enables SVGA support, OFF
   deletes the .PMI file, and STATUS returns the chipset type that your adapter
   appears to be to the operating system.

 o OS2\DLL\DISPLAY.DLL

   This file determines what video resolution the desktop uses. This is the
   OS/2 display driver.  The equivalent file on a Windows system is the VGA.DRV
   file (in the case of VGA).  For the first release, SVGA systems will have a
   VGA display driver installed on their system.  Already, SVGA drivers are
   available from most of the main adapter manufacturers.

 o OS2\DLL\BVHSVGA.DLL

   This file is the Base Video Handler for the OS/2 operating system.  Any OS/2
   application that sets a video mode calls this DLL.  However, in most cases,
   the only application that sets any video modes is the OS/2 display driver
   and the MODE.EXE utility program (for setting 132-column modes).  The first
   time this DLL is called is after the OS/2 bit-map logo appears. This DLL is
   specified in the CONFIG.SYS file as the following:

      SET VIO_VGA=DEVICE(BVHVGA,BVHSVGA)
   BVHVGA is used to set, save, and restore VGA modes; BVHSVGA is used for SVGA
   modes.

 o OS2\MDOS\VSVGA.SYS

   This is the virtual video device handler for DOS sessions.  All calls to
   change the video mode from a DOS session are handled through this driver.
   The job of this driver is to allow the user to set an SVGA mode, and when
   the user switches away, to save the current state of the video adapter (its
   registers and its video RAM).  Then, when the user returns to the DOS
   session, it restores the video adapter to its previous state.  When there is
   no .PMI file (SVGA is OFF), this driver acts like a VGA driver, except for
   adapter-specific code which ensures the VGA modes work correctly on the SVGA
   adapter. Therefore, even if you do not want SVGA, you will probably want
   VSVGA.

 o OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM\VGA.DRV
   OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM\SWINVGA.DRV

   These are the WIN-OS/2 full-screen and WIN-OS/2 window session drivers,
   respectively.  They determine which resolution WIN-OS/2 uses.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.3. SVGA Display Mode Information (Tseng ET4000 and IBM VGA 256C Support) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

OS/2 2.1 provides support for the Tseng ET4000 SVGA video display adapter that
is contained in some computers.  In addition to the standard VGA display
drivers that support the 640 x 480 x 16 display resolution (640 pels wide, 480
pels high, and 16 separate colors), OS/2 2.1 has OS/2 and WIN-OS/2 full-screen
and window-session display drivers that support the following display
resolutions:

 o 640 x 480 pels with 256 colors
 o 800 x 600 pels with 256 colors
 o 1024 x 768 pels with 256 colors.

 For these three high-resolution Tseng ET4000 SVGA display modes, this
 constitutes a complete integrated set of OS/2 and WIN-OS/2 video display
 drivers that is equivalent to the video support available for VGA and XGA
 display modes.

 OS/2 2.1 also provides support for the IBM VGA 256C SVGA video display adapter
 that is contained in some computers.  The IBM VGA 256C display adapter
 supports only the 640 x 480 x 256 SVGA high resolution display mode.  An
 integrated set of OS/2 and WIN-OS/2 display drivers is provided to support the
 IBM VGA 256C 640 x 480 x 256 high resolution display mode.

 During configuration, systems with the IBM 16-bit VGA show the primary display
 as SVGA.  If you choose this default, you receive a warning message that tells
 you not to continue.  If you continue, 256-color video device drivers are
 installed.  This might cause unpredictable results.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.4. Enabling SVGA Display Mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have a computer that was preinstalled with Tseng ET4000 Super Video
Graphics Array (SVGA) or IBM VGA 256C SVGA hardware, the initial display
configuration will be set to VGA mode.  The VGA mode is standard on many video
displays.

Your system must have an SVGA adapter installed before changing its
configuration to SVGA. If your display is capable of operating in one or more
of the supported high-resolution modes, you can reconfigure your system to
operate in one of those modes using one of the following methods:


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.4.1. Use OS/2 2.1 Installation Diskettes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before you begin, make sure you have a copy of your numbered installation
diskettes.

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open Selective Install.
  4. From the System Configuration window, select Primary Display and Secondary
     Display from the System Configuration panel.
  5. Select Ok. The Primary Video Adapter window is displayed which asks you to
     choose the display that you want to change.
  6. Select the display type that matches your current primary display.
  7. Select Ok. The Secondary Video Adapter window is displayed and asks you to
     choose the secondary display attached to your system.
  8. Select the appropriate display type that your secondary display supports.

     Note:  Only select VGA, EGA, or CGA depending on your display support.


  9. Select Ok. The OS/2 Setup and Information Window is displayed.
 10. Select Install.
 11. When prompted to do so, insert the numbered installation diskettes to
     complete the process.

     You are notified that you need to restart your system for the
     modifications to take effect.
 12. Select Ok.
 13. Shut down your system by selecting Shut down from the pop-up menu on the
     OS/2 desktop.
 14. Restart your system by pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.4.2. Use the Configure Object in the Welcome Folder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your computer came with OS/2 2.1 preinstalled, you have a Welcome folder on
your desktop.  Use the Configuration Tools object to select your primary and
secondary displays.  Complete the following steps:

  1. Open Welcome from the desktop.
  2. Open Configuration Tools.
  3. Open CONFIGURE.
  4. Select Primary Display and Secondary Display from the System Configuration
     panel.
  5. Select Ok. A Display Install panel is displayed which asks you to select
     the display that you want to change.
  6. Select PRIMARY DISPLAY and SECONDARY DISPLAY from this panel.
  7. Select OK. The Primary Video Adapter window is displayed which asks you to
     choose the display that you want to change.
  8. Select the display type that matches your current primary display.
  9. Select OK. The Secondary Video Adapter window is displayed and asks you to
     choose the display attached to your system.
 10. Select the appropriate display type that your secondary display supports.

     Note:  Only select VGA, EGA, or CGA depending on your display support.


 11. Select OK. The directory in which the device drivers are installed is
     displayed in a window.
 12. To start the installation, select Install.

     After you have completed the display driver setup, the program returns to
     the Display Install window.
 13. To complete the process, select Cancel. You are notified that you need to
     restart your system for the modifications to take effect.
 14. Select OK. To exit, select Yes.

     Note:  Be sure to close all open windows and terminate all running
            programs before shutting down your system.  This step should be
            done whenever you are changing the display resolution of your
            system.


 15. Shut down your system by selecting Shut down from the pop-up menu on the
     OS/2 desktop.
 16. Restart your system by pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2.5. Additional SVGA Support Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o Over time, more display adapters and PC systems that offer SVGA will be
   tested.  Refer to the bulletin boards mentioned previously, or to the
   manufacturers, for the latest support information.

 o To make use of SVGA modes, you also must install Windows and OS/2 video
   display drivers.

 o If you experience display errors on an SVGA-enabled system, try disabling
   SVGA support by typing SVGA OFF at a command line.  This will delete the
   SVGADATA.PMI file.  Then restart your system.

 o In some SVGA displays, if you switch to the OS/2 Desktop while the screen is
   still drawing, you might experience display errors on the OS/2 Desktop.
   Switch back to the SVGA screen, allowing the drawing to complete, and then
   switch back to the OS/2 Desktop.

 o Some screen resynchronization problems might exist in DOS or WIN-OS/2
   full-screen sessions.  The problem is with how some SVGA adapters handle
   switching. IBM has created a new VSVGA.SYS file to correct this.
   Specifically, the problem occurs most frequently with Tseng chipsets.  Video
   adapters using the Tseng ET4000 chipset with patch #TC6059AF have been
   identified as having this problem.  The VSVGA.SYS file dated 4/8/92 or later
   should solve this problem.

 o In the event of a TRAP000E error message when opening a DOS or WIN-OS/2
   session on systems with 4MB of memory and SVGA adapters, you need to obtain
   the VSVGA.SYS driver replacement from IBM.

 o In the event of a SYS3176 message when starting a DOS or WIN-OS/2 command
   prompt, try setting the HW_ROM_TO_RAM setting in the session to On or
   changing the DOS_RMSIZE parameter in the session to 624 from the default
   640. If this does not work, the VSVGA.SYS fix from IBM might resolve the
   problem.

 o A virtual desktop is an OS/2 display driver that uses all of the adapter's
   video memory to store a desktop that is bigger than what is actually
   displayed. You could have 1024 x 1024 of desktop space, with only 640 x 480
   being displayed on the screen.  You move to other portions of the desktop by
   dragging the mouse to the edge of the screen, which scrolls the desktop.
   Because of the way OS/2 2.1 is designed, this is an extremely quick
   operation and will be very smooth, even on the slowest video adapters.  The
   OS/2 driver must be coded to support virtual desktops, and Trident is
   currently the only chipset to support it.

 o Trident supports OS/2 2.1 and has SVGA presentation drivers available for
   their SVGA boards.  Trident's support number is 415-691-9211.  They also
   have support bulletin boards where these drivers are available.  For the
   West Coast, the number is 415-691-1016 and for the East Coast, the number is
   203-483-0348.

 o Orchid is working on OS/2 drivers for their video adapters. For more
   information, you can reach Orchid's bulletin board service at:

    - 510-683-0327 for 2400 baud, parameters n,8,1
    - 510-683-0555 for 9600 baud, parameters n,8,1

 o ATI now has SVGA drivers for OS/2 2.1.  Information is available using the
   ATI bulletin board service:

    416-756-4591 (2400 baud, N, 8, 1)

 The file names are ATIOS213.ZIP and WIN31ACC.ZIP.

 o A WIN-OS/2 window session has the ability to run Windows programs on the
   desktop.  The way it is achieved is by making a place in the desktop that
   the WIN-OS/2 window session driver writes to.  Special code must be put into
   both the window session driver and the display driver to support this.
   Trident has produced 800 x 600/16 WIN-OS/2 window session drivers and has
   been the only one to produce SVGA support for WIN-OS/2 window sessions so
   far.

 o Questions about OS/2 support for adapters based on the S3 or TI** chipsets
   have been asked. Adapters which are coprocessed are the fastest, but also
   take the longest to develop software for.  No manufacturers have announced
   dates yet for support of any of these adapters.  You might want to contact
   the manufacturer for further information.

 o In the event of some corruption when returning to a WIN-OS/2 full-screen
   session, set your VIDEO_SWITCH_NOTIFICATION in the DOS Settings to On.

 o Even in VGA, games in a DOS full-screen session are not optimized. Set your
   VIDEO_RETRACE_EMULATION in the DOS Settings to Off.

 o Some DOS applications in a window have color corruption. This is a
   limitation of the VGA desktop.  The color palette of the DOS session has to
   be translated to OS/2, and the 640 x 480/16 desktop does not offer enough
   colors to do a good translation.  The best solution is to use a 256 color
   OS/2 driver or run the application in a DOS full-screen session.

 o The graphics of some applications are corrupted when displayed in a window.
   These applications are probably using a nonstandard VGA mode that the
   adapter can support, but that OS/2 2.1 does not.

 o When you have SVGA ON, you can:

    - Use 132 column modes in an OS/2 full-screen session
    - Take a window with an SVGA image in it and paste it to the Clipboard

 o To enable Windows 3.1 SVGA drivers in WIN-OS2, update the SYSTEM.INI file to
   point to a new Windows display driver, or just copy over the VGA.DRV in the
   OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM directory.  Keep in mind, however, that a Windows
   session in SVGA mode will only work if you have set SVGA ON.

 o Many different SVGA boards have different interfaces and chipsets, each with
   its own characteristics.  Some boards perform better with SVGA OFF.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.3. XGA Systems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Video resolutions above VGA (640 x 480 x 16 colors) can be referred to as SVGA
or XGA.  The following information relates to specific situations with high
resolution XGA video displays.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.3.1. Display Type Override ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can change your XGA screen resolution using the Screen page of the System
object, which is in the System Setup folder.

In order to correctly operate your display, OS/2 2.1 attempts to determine the
type and characteristics of the device using a display identification number.
Some displays have the same identification number but different
characteristics.  If OS/2 does not operate your display at the correct refresh
rate or display mode, and you are running an XGA/2 adapter, do the following:

  1. Open OS/2 System.
  2. Open System Setup.
  3. Open System.
  4. Select the Screen tab.
  5. Change your screen resolution.

 Be aware that choosing incorrect settings for your display might result in an
 unusable display after you restart the system.  If this happens, turn off your
 computer and do the following:

  1. Insert the OS/2 Installation Diskette into drive A.  (If you have a
     preinstalled system, use the OS/2 utility diskettes.)
  2. Turn on the computer, press and hold Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the system.
  3. When prompted, remove the Installation Diskette, and insert Diskette 1,
     and press Enter.
  4. When the first blue screen appears, press Esc.  This opens an OS/2
     full-screen session.
  5. Change to the C:\XGA$DMQS directory and delete the XGASETUP.PRO file.
     This erases all override information from your system.
  6. Remove the diskette and restart your system again by pressing
     Ctrl+Alt+Del. Your display now operates using its default settings.

 If you plan to change or replace your monitor, first delete the file
 XGASETUP.PRO from the XGA$DMQS directory and then turn off the system.  If
 your new display does not operate correctly, repeat the preceding procedure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.3.2. XGA Installation with a 640 x 480 Resolution Display ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

During installation of OS/2 2.1, high resolution Windows drivers and font files
are installed on your system.  If you are running on a low resolution monitor,
you must change the default Windows drivers and font files (located in
SYSTEM.INI and WIN.INI) before running any Windows applications.

To change your Windows files:

  1. Open an OS/2 Window or OS/2 Full Screen command prompt object.  (The
     Command Prompts folder is located in the OS/2 System folder.)
  2. Change to the \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 subdirectory.
  3. Use the COPY command to save the original SYSTEM.INI and WIN.INI
     configuration files.  For example:

             COPY SYSTEM.INI *.ORG
             COPY WIN.INI *.ORG

  4. Edit the SYSTEM.INI file to reflect the following lines:

             fonts.fon=vgasys.fon
             fixedfon.fon=vgafix.fon
             oemfonts.fon=vgaoem.fon
             XGA_Resolution=1

  5. Edit the WIN.INI file to reflect the following lines:

             Symbol 8,10,12,14,18,24 (VGA res)=SYMBOLE.FON
             MS Sans Serif 8,10,12,14,18,24 (VGA res)=SSERIFE.FON
             MS Serif 8,10,12,14,18,24 (VGA res)=SERIFE.FON
             Small Fonts (VGA res)=SMALLE.FON
             Courier 10,12,15 (VGA res)=COURE.FON

 If you later attach a high resolution display (1024 x 768) to your system,
 before running any Windows applications:

  1. Open an OS/2 Window or OS/2 Full Screen command prompt object.
  2. Change to the \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2 subdirectory.
  3. Rename the current SYSTEM.INI and WIN.INI files. For example:

             RENAME SYSTEM.INI *.LOW
             RENAME WIN.INI *.LOW

  4. Use the COPY command to restore high-resolution capability.  For example:

             COPY SYSTEM.ORG *.INI
             COPY WIN.ORG *.INI


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.4. Dual Displays ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In multiple XGA configurations, when you switch from DOS to the desktop, your
system will not save and restore the hardware registers.

If your machine has an 8514/ULTRA adapter and an OS/2 2.1 supported SVGA
adapter, you will need to change the DEVICE= statement in your CONFIG.SYS file
from VVGA.SYS to VSVGA.SYS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.5. Laptop LCD or Monochrome Plasma Displays ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the color schemes for OS/2 system windows and create a more readable
display image, change the Scheme Palette as follows:

  1. Use your Reference Diskette or hardware Setup program to set your hardware
     to VGA color, if possible.
  2. Open OS/2 System.
  3. Open System Setup.
  4. Open Scheme Palette.
  5. Select the monochrome scheme in the right-hand column.

 This procedure will optimize the color scheme for gray-scale usage, and also
 provide a good set of colors for a VGA desktop presentation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.6. WIN-OS/2 Window and Full-Screen Sessions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When running a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session with an 8514 adapter in
high-resolution (8514.DRV) mode, do not switch to a different session while a
program is updating the screen or displaying the hourglass.

The following is a procedure for enabling WIN-OS/2 full-screen sessions to run
in high-resolution (1024 x 768) mode while the Workplace Shell desktop runs in
VGA mode.  VGA mode is 640 x 480.  The procedure assumes you are not familiar
with the SYSTEM.INI and WIN.INI files.

Follow the instructions very carefully.  Otherwise, you could cause your
WIN-OS/2 sessions to become inoperable.

  1. Install OS/2 2.1 for medium-resolution VGA (640 x 480).

     The next step requires that you make backup copies of your SYSTEM.INI and
     WIN.INI files. DO NOT SKIP THIS STEP. It is assumed that you have a
     diskette or tape backup copy of your system; instructions follow for a
     backup of the directory only.

  2. Back up the SYSTEM.INI and WIN.INI files.

     Open an OS/2 Window from the Command Prompts folder in the OS/2 System
     folder. At the C prompt, type the following and press Enter:

           CD\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2
           COPY WIN.INI WIN.BAK
           COPY SYSTEM.INI SYSTEM.BAK

     Before making changes to the files, be sure the desired high-resolution
     Windows device drivers and fonts are loaded in the system.

  3. Check the \OS2\MDOS\WINOS2\SYSTEM directory for the desired
     high-resolution display device driver.  In this example, the 8514.DRV
     device driver is used. Checking this directory reveals that this device
     driver is not loaded. (The device driver might be loaded already, if the
     system was installed in high-resolution mode and then Selective Install
     was run to return to VGA mode.)

     Using the OS/2 Diskettes

     For 8514 mode, the diskettes need to be searched for WIN8514 and *G.FON.
     The following shows the sequence of entries:

          DIR A:WINXGA
          DIR A:*G.FON

     No 8514 drivers were on this diskette, but one of the font files was.
     Although the font file is not in a bundle of files, it is still in packed
     format and must be unpacked.

     The files are packed with their standard target directory coded into the
     packed file. To copy the file to the system disk in the proper directory,
     just run the Unpack utility program.

          UNPACK A:WIN8514

     With all of the required driver and font files on system disks, the next
     step is to modify the SYSTEM.INI file.

     For Preinstalled Systems

     The directory C:\OS2\INSTALL\DRIVERS needs to be searched for WIN8514 and
     *F.FON. The following shows the sequence of entries:

          DIR C:\OS2\INSTALL\DRIVERS\WIN8514
          DIR C:\OS2\INSTALL\DRIVERS\*F.FON

     No 8514 drivers were in this directory, but one of the font files was.
     Although the font file is not in a bundle of files, it is still in packed
     format and must be unpacked.

     The files are packed with their standard target directory coded into the
     packed file. To copy the file to the system disk in the proper directory,
     just run the Unpack utility program.

          UNPACK c:\OS2\INSTALL\DRIVERS\SYMBOLF.FON

     This procedure continues until all of the scalable fonts are unpacked.
     These fonts are:

    o SYMBOLG.FON
    o COURG.FON
    o SSERIFG.FON
    o SERIFG.FON
    o SMALLG.FON

     The WIN8514 file contains the WIN-OS/2 8514.DRV and three 8514 fonts.

          UNPACK C:\OS2\INSTALL\DRIVERS\WIN8514

     With all of the required driver and font files on the system disks, the
     next step is to modify the SYSTEM.INI file.

  4. Edit the SYSTEM.INI file and find the following line:

           display.drv=vga.drv

  5. This line specifies the device driver WIN-OS/2 is to use in full-screen
     sessions. Change this line to point to the high-resolution device driver
     that was unloaded in the steps above. In this example, the device driver
     is 8514.DRV. The modified line should look like the following:

          display.drv=8514.drv

     Both SYSTEM.INI and WIN.INI have font entries that must be changed. In
     SYSTEM.INI, these entries are:

             fixedfor.fon=vgafix.fon
             oemfonts.fon=vgaoem.fon
             fonts.fon=vgasys.fon

     For 8514, these entries must be changed to:

             fixedfor.fon=8514fix.fon
             oemfonts.fon=8514oem.fon
             fonts.fon=8514sys.fon

     In WIN.INI, the entries:

             Symbol 8,10,12,14,18,24 (VGA res)=SYMBOLE.FON
             MS Sans Serif 8,10,12,14,18,24 (VGA res)=SSERIFE.FON
             MS Serif 8,10,12,14,18,24 (VGA res)=SERIFE.FON
             Small Fonts (VGA res)=SMALLE.FON
             Courier 10,12,15 (VGA res)=COURE.FON

     must be changed to:

             Symbol 8,10,12,14,18,24 (8514 res)=SYMBOLG.FON
             MS Sans Serif 8,10,12,14,18,24 (8514 res)=SSERIFE.FON
             MS Serif 8,10,12,14,18,24 (8514 res)=SERIFE.FON
             Small Fonts (8514 res)=SMALLE.FON
             Courier 10,12,15 (8514 res)=COURG.FON

 When these changes have been made and the .INI files saved, the system is
 ready for running Windows applications in WIN-OS/2 full-screen sessions
 (high-resolution mode).

 For 8514 displays, you must delete the following line from the CONFIG.SYS
 file:

     DEVICE=C:\OS2\MDOS\V8514A.SYS


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28. Hardware Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This chapter provides information about hardware device support on IBM computer
hardware and computers from other personal computer manufacturers.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.1. Personal Computer Manufacturer Systems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IBM is currently testing personal computer manufacturer (PCM) systems for
compatibility with OS/2 2.1. The compatibility test verifies 18 key functions
of OS/2 2.1. Test results are based on selected model configurations provided
by the manufacturers.  While testing is continuing, current compatibility
information about tested systems is available through your dealer or Marketing
Representative, as well as through the following online services:

 o Prodigy**, Jump Computer Club, and OS/2 topic.  (To join Prodigy, call
   1-800-Prodigy.)

 o CompuServe, G OS2SUP, in Library 17, PCMTAB.TXT. (To join CompuServe, call
   the appropriate phone numbers for your area, or Membership Service at
   1-800-848-8199, and ask for representative 239.)

 o IBM National Support Center Bulletin Board System (NSC BBS).  This service
   is available 24 hours a day, on a toll-call basis, with no access charge, to
   anyone in the world who has a modem, asynchronous-communication programs,
   and a switched telephone line.  (The modem should be set for 8 data bits, 1
   stop bit, no parity, and the standard transmission speed of 1200 to 9600
   baud.)

   To access the NSC BBS, call [phone].

 o IBMLink.  Eligible customers can obtain installation and usage assistance
   through IBMLink Question Support.  To obtain information about eligibility,
   contact your local Branch Office or Marketing Representative.

 Note:  The compatibility test information is provided for information purposes
        only.  IBM MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE
        OPERATION OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTERS LISTED THROUGH THE ABOVE SOURCES.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2. SCSI Adapters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o ProCom+ SCSI disk adapters (Micro Channel) are not supported by OS/2 2.1.
   You should contact the manufacturer for any details on OS/2 support.

 o The early versions of the IBM 16-bit SCSI adapters might experience problems
   and report, erroneously, that the device is not functioning. This can be
   corrected by replacing the SCSI adapter with an adapter with updated
   microcode.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.1. Adaptec, DPT, and Future Domain SCSI Device Drivers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Device support for the following Adaptec, DPT, and Future Domain SCSI adapters
is shipped with OS/2 2.1.  When any of the following adapters is installed in a
workstation, its presence is normally detected automatically, and the
appropriate device support is subsequently installed.  If one of these adapters
is installed after OS/2 installation, you can select the correct device support
using the Selective Install object in the System Setup folder.

For reference, the names of the device drivers that support each adapter are
provided in the following table:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé SCSI ADAPTER OR INTERFACE              Γöé DEVICE DRIVER                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec A/C 6260                       Γöé AHA152X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec AHA 1510                       Γöé AHA152X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec AHA 1520/1522                  Γöé AHA152X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec AHA 1540/1542                  Γöé AHA154X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec AHA 1640                       Γöé AHA164X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec AHA 1740/1742/1744             Γöé                                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé (Standard mode operation)              Γöé AHA154X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé (Enhanced mode operation)              Γöé AHA174X.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé DPT PM-2011/PM-2012                    Γöé DPT20XX.ADD                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Future Domain TMC-850/860/875/885      Γöé FD8XX.ADD                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Future Domain TMC-1660/1670/1680       Γöé FD16-700.ADD                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Future Domain MCS-600/700              Γöé FD16-700.ADD                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Future Domain TMC-850IBM               Γöé FD850IBM.ADD                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Future Domain FD7000EX                 Γöé FD7000EX.ADD                          Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

For the Adaptec 1542B SCSI adapter to run properly, set the default data rate
to 5.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.2. SCSI CD-ROM Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

OS/2 2.1 contains a set of device drivers to support SCSI attached CD-ROM
drives from Hitachi, IBM, NEC, Panasonic, Sony, Texel and Toshiba.  Support is
provided for both data and audio on all models listed in the table.  Single
session, Kodak Photo-CD support is provided for those drives that support this
standard.  The specific models that are supported are listed in the following
table:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé MANUFACTURER                           Γöé MODEL                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Hitachi                                Γöé CDR-1650S, CDR-1750S, CDR-3650,       Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé CDR-3750                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM                                    Γöé CD-ROM I, CD-ROM II                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé NEC                                    Γöé CDR-36, CDR-37, CDR-72, CDR-73,       Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé CDR-74, CDR-82, CDR-83, CDR-84        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Panasonic                              Γöé CR-501, LK-MC501S                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Sony                                   Γöé CDU-541, CDU-6111, CDU-6211, CDU-7211 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Texel                                  Γöé DM-3021, DM-3024, DM-5021, DM-5024    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Toshiba                                Γöé XM-3201, XM-3301                      Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The operating system also includes updates to the OS/2 2.1 Adapter Device
Drivers (.ADDs) for the IBM, Future Domain, and Adaptec SCSI adapters.  These
updated device drivers are required to support the new CD-ROM device drivers.

If you have a SCSI adapter from a manufacturer other than IBM, Future Domain,
or Adaptec, you must acquire an OS/2 Adapter Device Driver (.ADD) from the
manufacturer of the adapter.  The generic INT 13 driver, IBMINT13.I13, which
can be used to support a hard disk, cannot be used to support a CD-ROM drive.
You must acquire the latest Adapter Device Drivers from their bulletin board
service to be compatible with the CD-ROM drivers contained in the operating
system.

Single session Kodak Photo-CD disks are supported with the following CD-ROM
drives:

 o CD Technology Porta-Drive T3301
 o Hitachi CDR-3750
 o IBM CD-ROM II
 o Sony CDU-541, 6211, 7211
 o Texel 3024, 5024
 o Toshiba 3301


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.3. Advanced SCSI Programming Interface (ASPI) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Adaptec SCSI Programming Interface (ASPI) is now available for OS/2 device
drivers.  ASPI support is not available for DOS.

OS/2 ASPI support is located in the OS2ASPI.DMD file in the OS2 subdirectory.
To enable this support, type the following statement in your CONFIG.SYS file:

    BASEDEV=OS2ASPI.DMD

The OS/2 ASPI device manager manages host adapter resources and provides the
hardware-independent ASPI for SCSI applications and drivers. The ASPI device
manager does not need to control all SCSI devices attached to one host adapter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.4. SCSI Removable Media Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Full-function support is not yet available for SCSI hard disk drives that are
removable media.  Examples of this class of device include the Bernoulli drives
manufactured by Iomega**, and the removable-media drives manufactured by
SyQuest Technology.

Although OS/2 2.1 recognizes these drives, it will treat them as large
diskettes.  You will be able to format for the FAT file system only. You will
not be able to partition or start up from this medium, and partitioned
removable-media drives will not be recognized.

If the IBMINT13.I13 driver is used to control these units, the drive will be
treated as a hard disk.  In this case, the cartridge must be in the drive at
startup time. Use the Shut down choice on the desktop pop-up menu to remove the
cartridge from the drive.

Bernoulli 44MB and 89MB drives work if connected to Adaptec, Future Domain,
IBM, or any adapter other than the Bernoulli adapter. The drive will work as a
large diskette but cannot be used as a startup drive. Customers should call
Iomega for status on an update for their adapter.

If Seagate SCSI controller model ST-01 or ST-02 is present, it must be the only
drive controller present.  Conflicts exist between this controller and MFM and
RLL hard disk controllers.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.5. SCSI Usage Tips ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following table provides tips on usage and potential compatibility problems
with the microcode levels on various adapters and devices.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé                 ADAPTER                Γöé                  TIP                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé IBM SCSI                               Γöé If you experience intermittent data   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé errors with earlier IBM SCSI          Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé adapters, you might need to upgrade   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé them.  If you have IBM SCSI FRU P/N   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé 15F6561, obtain ECA032.  If you have  Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé IBM SCSI with cache FRU P/N 64F0124,  Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé obtain ECA027.  These adapters are    Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé standard in 8565 models 061 and 121   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé and 8580 models 121, 131, A21, and    Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé A31.                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec                                Γöé The Adaptec SCSI Programming Inter-   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé face (ASPI) is now available for OS/2 Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé device drivers.  (ASPI support is not Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé available for DOS)                    Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé                                       Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé OS/2 ASPI support is located in the   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé OS2ASPI.DMD file in the OS2 subdirec- Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé tory.  To enable this support, type   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé the following statement in your       Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé CONFIG.SYS file:                      Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé                                       Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé       BASEDEV=OS2ASPI.DMD             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Adaptec AHA-154x                       Γöé Drive: IBM 0661 - 320MB SCSI          Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé                                       Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé You need to obtain Adapter BIOS level Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé 3.20 from Adaptec.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Future Domain TMC-850/860/875/885      Γöé When the Future Domain adapter is     Γöé
Γöé w/BIOS revision level 7.0.  Future     Γöé controlling the startup diskette, it  Γöé
Γöé Domain TMC-1660/1670/1680 w/BIOS       Γöé will produce the message, "Disk read  Γöé
Γöé revision level 2.0.                    Γöé error has occurred" when you attempt  Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé to start the Installation Diskette.   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé Contact Future Domain for a free BIOS Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé upgrade.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Seagate ST-01, ST-02                   Γöé Causes contention with MFM and RLL    Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé drives.  The ST-01 or ST-02 should be Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé the only drive controller installed.  Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé This problem is being investigated.   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Western Digital WD7000                 Γöé Newer adapters seem to be supported   Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé while earlier ones are not.  Western  Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé Digital is now owned by Future        Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé Domain.  Contact Future Domain for    Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé assistance.                           Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.6. AMI and CEI SCSI Adapters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

AMI Fast Disk and AMI Fast Disk II SCSI adapters are incorrectly recognized as
Adaptec adapters.  The CEI Cumulus C5640B SCSI Micro Channel adapter has the
same problem.  If you have one of these adapters in your system, do the
following:

 o At the final restart after the installation is completed, delete from the
   CONFIG.SYS file any line with "BASEDEV=AHA1xxx.ADD" (where x can be any
   character).
 o Ensure the line "BASEDEV=IBMINT13.I13" appears in the CONFIG.SYS file. This
   line should have been placed there by system installation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.7. Always Technology SCSI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are experiencing OS/2 problems (such as a TRAP 000D error) either at
installation time or after,  and your system has an Always Technology IN-2000
SCSI adapter, the BIOS on the adapter might be the problem.  If the BIOS
revision level is 3.06A or 3.20 (as shown during the system self-test), you
should get the BIOS on the adapter upgraded.  The current BIOS level is
VCN:1-02 and works with OS/2 2.1.  If you require this upgrade, you might also
need an upgrade to a companion 8-pin serial PROM chip which must have a
revision level of 2.5-2.7.  Always Technology support can be reached at
818-597-9595.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2.8. PerStor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PerStor drive controllers are not supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3. Additional Device Support Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following contains useful information about OS/2 2.1 support for the
specified devices.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.1. Bernoulli Device Drivers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are experiencing a problem installing your new Bernoulli device driver,
call the Iomega Corporation support group at 1-800-456-5522 and ask for an OS/2
technician.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.2. HP Scanjet ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you receive an error message saying that you cannot access your HP scanner,
and you are using an ISA (AT-style) bus machine, your adapter switches need to
be set to 1010.

If you are using a PS/2 computer, you must use the Reference Diskette to set
the adapter to ROM addresses C8000 - CBFFF and I/O addresses 268 - 26F. In both
cases, you also need to set the DOS setting for the DOS session
EMS_FRAME_LOCATION to Auto.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.3. Tape Drives ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following describes IBM and non-IBM tape drives that work in conjunction
with OS/2 2.1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.3.1. Adapter or SCSI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The only tape drives that have been tested at this point are IBM tape drives.
If no other device is connected to the SCSI bus on its adapter or the tape
adapter, then you might be able to get your drive to work in an external DOS
(VMBOOT) session.

If the tape drive worked under OS/2 version 1.x and the device is written to
ASPI, IBM is currently working on support for your device. IBM does not provide
third-party device drivers for peripherals.  Refer to your peripheral
manufacturer for OS/2-specific support.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.3.2. Diskette Based ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IBM or IRWIN tape drives are supported.  Programs are PMTAPE or PS2TAPE.  Easy
Tape from Maynard Backup Systems is scheduled for future release. Contact
Maynard for information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.3.3. Colorado Jumbo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

For Colorado Jumbo tape drives connected to a diskette-drive controller, you
must set up a DOS Startup session from a diskette image and run the tape backup
program from it.  To do this, you need to refer to the topic "Starting DOS from
an image file" in the Master Help Index.

The Colorado Jumbo Tape program allows you to specify some hardware and
software settings to be used when backing up files.  The Concurrent Disk/Tape
operation option must be set to No. To change the option, start the program and
select the Utilities menu (F3); then select Software Setups (F6).  Change the
option to N.

The Colorado company is developing an OS/2-specific version of their program.
For more information, contact Colorado.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.3.4. Mountain ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Mountain company is developing an OS/2-specific version of their program.
For more information, contact Mountain at 1-800-458-0300.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.4. IBM PS/2 Model 30-286 Upgrades ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IBM PS/2 Model 30-286 upgrades to a 386 microprocessor are not supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.5. 50 MHz Systems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There have been some intermittent problems using 50 MHz systems with AT-style
bus computers with a mouse.  The mouse can get out of synchronization. Input
will function through the keyboard and the mouse, but to avoid possible
problems, shut down the system and restart to resynchronize the mouse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.6. Logitech 3-Button Mouse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Logitech 3-button bus mouse is supported as a 2-button mouse.  It is
treated as a Microsoft 2-button bus mouse.

A Logitech serial mouse with 3 buttons behaves as expected in DOS sessions. In
an OS/2 session; however, there might be different and more limited functions
assigned to the buttons.  There are no standards for the functions of 3-button
mice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.7. Aox Systems ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If your computer has an Aox** add-in microprocessor adapter and you encounter
problems either installing or starting up your OS/2 system, you can call the
Aox Corporation and ask for the latest "flash-prom" code upgrade.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.8. Interrupt Problems on an ISA System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

On an ISA system, having a shared interrupt-request line can cause problems.
ISA systems have what are called edge triggered interrupts, whereas Micro
Channel and EISA systems use level sensitive interrupts. Edge triggered
interrupts can only be sensed for a very short period. If a second interrupt
arrives from another adapter while the first interrupt is still being
processed, the second interrupt will be lost. In your computer system, this
situation can lead to various difficulties, such as printers that do not seem
to print smoothly or reliably, or communications sessions where some characters
are getting lost.

However, with single-tasking systems such as DOS, the two adapters that are
sharing the interrupt might never cause any real problems because they might
never be in use at the same time. However, OS/2 2.1 presents a different set of
problems. If you have multiple serial communications adapters, there is a
greater probability that you might try to use two or more of them at the same
time.  If some of them have previously been set up using shared interrupts,
problems can occur that probably didn't happen in DOS.

OS/2 2.1 can detect that an interrupt line is shared and will not allow
simultaneous use.  Assume that COM1 and COM3 are sharing Interrupt Request line
4 (IRQ4). If you try to use both COM ports at the same time, the OS/2 operating
system will not allow the second one to start. A well-written OS/2
communications program will recognize that the port cannot be opened and an
error message will be displayed. However, a DOS program is unprepared to
respond to this unfamiliar situation.  It will probably suspend, waiting for
the port that will not open.

Another potential source of trouble is having multiple hardware adapters that
are sharing the same I/O address.  The various hardware adapters in your
computer must have their own addresses.  Consider what might happen, for
example, if the commands that were meant for your printer were instead routed
to your disk drive.

The solution for all of these problems is to ensure that all your hardware
adapters have their own unique I/O addresses and IRQ assignments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.9. Communication Ports Accessed by DOS Application Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When COM_DIRECT_ACCESS is set to On, DOS programs use VCOM.SYS to directly
access communication ports. COM_DIRECT_ACCESS enables LapLink III, FastLynx,
FSDUAT, AS/400 Asynch Router, and MS Word to work in a DOS session.  However,
because buffers in COM.SYS cannot be used, characters are sometimes lost, and
some programs experience difficulties from the lack of buffering.  Therefore,
on most DOS programs, it is a good idea to set COM_DIRECT_ACCESS to Off as its
default setting.

COM_SELECT enables a DOS session to select and use one communication port.
Communication ports that are not selected are hidden from the DOS session.
There are some DOS programs that take over every available communication port,
such as LapLink Pro.  If LapLink Pro and another program that accesses a
communication port are executed at the same time, it is necessary to change
COM_SELECT from its default setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.10. Communication Port Is Not Recognized or Does Not Work ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most problems with Interrupt Request (IRQ) lines and I/O address settings occur
on an AT bus (ISA) computer as a limitation of the hardware.  IRQ lines can be
shared on a micro channel computer provided the adapter card is micro channel
computer compatible and is configured with the Reference Diskette.

The follow provides some solutions for your communications problems:

 o Verify that all IRQ levels and I/O addresses are unique for every adapter
   card.  The normal problem is that communication adapters, such as internal
   modems, Fax machines, etc., use COM3 and IRQ4, which are already in use by
   COM1.  You must change the IRQ on the adapter card to one that is not in
   use. Refer to the documentation that came with the adapter.

 o Verify that the correct parameters are being passed to the COM.SYS driver in
   the CONFIG.SYS file (see COM3 or COM4 Support on an ISA System).


 o Obtain the latest OS/2 2.1 communication drivers.

 o During startup, if the message COMx not installed because Interrupt is
   already in use appears, ensure there is no IRQ conflict with other device
   drivers or hardware.

 o If the system (AT bus or MCA) boots without an error but the communication
   ports are not working, type the following at an OS/2 command prompt:

         MODE COMx
   Where x is the problem communication port.  If a message appears indicating
   the COMx port is not installed, check for IRQ conflicts.

   Note:  If the mouse is on a communication port, the message SYS1620 COM port
          specified is not installed appears.

 o If the program is a DOS communication program, set the DOS settings to the
   following:

    COM_HOLD                 On

    COM_DIRECT_ACCESS        On or Off*

    COM_Select               Specified COMx*

    DOS_DEVICE               X:\OS2\MDOS\COMMDD.SYS**

    HW_ROM_TO_RAM            On

    HW_TIMER                 On

    IDLE_SECONDS             60

    IDLE_SENSITIVITY         100

   *Requires the latest device drivers.  Refer to Communication Ports Accessed
   by DOS Application Programs.

   **The DOS_DEVICE (COMMDD.SYS device driver) might require more than one
   device driver depending on the program.  For example, Intel's SatisFAXtion
   requires a device driver loaded into each DOS session that uses an adapter.
   The COMMDD.SYS device driver is usually required only for earlier DOS
   communication programs. Do not use DOS_DEVICE for every DOS communication
   session; use it only if it resolves the problem.

 o To provide a higher priority to all communication programs, edit the
   following in the CONFIG.SYS file:

         PRIORITY_DISK_IO:   NO
         MAXWAIT:                  1

 o Some DOS programs open all the communication ports.  If this occurs, use the
   COM_SELECT DOS property (see Communication Ports Accessed by DOS Application
   Programs) in all DOS communication sessions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.11. COM3 or COM4 Support on an ISA System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The original ISA computer (the IBM Personal Computer AT) allowed for the
definition of up to four serial communication ports.  However, there has never
been any hardware architectural standard that defined the I/O port addresses or
IRQ lines associated with communication ports 3 or 4.

Over the years, a convention has developed that places the port addresses for
COM3 and COM4 at 03E8 and 02E8 respectively.  This is a generally accepted
convention, but not a standard.  Check the documentation and the settings of
the adapters in your system to verify your hardware environment.

After you have checked and set the I/O and IRQ values on your COM ports or
internal modems, you must add this information to the communications
device-driver (COM.SYS) statement in the CONFIG.SYS file.

You might also need to tell your communications program where the COM ports
are.  ProComm software, for example, has a configuration screen that enables
you to specify these settings.  If the program, operating system, and hardware
are not in agreement, then the program will not run.

OS/2 COM ports do not need to be defined in sequence.  It is acceptable to have
a COM4 without having a COM3.  DOS, however, might have difficulty if there is
a gap in the port definition.  To avoid confusion for DOS, you can define COM
ports that do not have any physical adapters attached in the COM.SYS statement.
These substitute definitions will serve as placeholders.  COM1 and COM2 are
assumed to have standard values and do not need to be explicitly set up unless
you want to set some nonstandard values to accommodate your particular
configuration.

To enable COM3 or COM4 on an ISA system, place the following in the CONFIG.SYS
file:

DEVICE=X:\OS2\COM.SYS (n,a,i) (n,a,i)
where:

 X    is the drive where OS/2 is installed.
 n    is the communication port that you are attempting to access.
 a    is the communication port I/O address (for example, 03E8 and 02E8).
 i    is the IRQ level, which is usually a jumper setting on the I/O adapter.
 For example, to specify that COM3 is at address 03E8 on IRQ5 and that COM4 is
 at address 02E8 on IRQ10, use the following statement (assuming that OS/2 is
 installed on drive C):

        DEVICE=C:\OS2\COM.SYS (3,03E8,5) (4,02E8,10)
 The I/O address and IRQ level should be noted in the documentation that came
 with your adapter.  Either or both might be fixed values or can be set to a
 range of values via jumpers or switches.  In some cases you might find that
 the values are fixed or that the range of settings available to you is
 insufficient to avoid the sharing conflict.  In that case, you must purchase a
 different, more versatile adapter or accept that you cannot use both adapters
 at the same time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.12. Setting the Interrupt Request (IRQ) Level on an ISA System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following information will help you determine what IRQ settings you can use
for COM3 or COM4 port adapters to avoid shared interrupts.

On an ISA machine there are a total of 15 IRQ levels available.  Many of these
are already being used.  Most are already in use because they are the the
standard settings for the more common devices.  These standard settings are as
follows:

 IRQ Level      Device Associated

 0              System Timer

 1              Keyboard

 2              Secondary Interrupt Controller  (see note)

 3              COM2 (Serial Communications Port 2)

 4              COM1 (Serial Communications Port 1)

 5              LPT2 (Parallel Port 2)

 6              Diskette

 7              LPT1 (Parallel Port 1)

 8              Real-time Clock

 9              open

 10             open

 11             open

 12             open

 13             Math Coprocessor

 14             Hard Disk

 15             open

 Note:  On the IBM-AT (ISA bus), the IRQ9 pin is identical with the IRQ2 pin on
        the original IBM-PC.  If you have an earlier, 8-bit adapter whose
        documentation states that it uses IRQ2, be aware that this will
        actually be interpreted as IRQ9 when plugged into the 16-bit ISA bus.

 The IRQ levels shown as open have no established, standardized use. When
 setting the IRQ values on your COM3 or COM4 ports, you are likely to find
 these levels available to use without conflict with some other adapter.
 Furthermore, if you don't have two parallel ports installed, IRQ5 might be
 usable for some other purpose, such as COM3 or COM4. Be cautious about doing
 this because it might cause a problem later if you decide to install a second
 parallel port.  In addition, some other nonstandard device might already be
 using IRQ5.

 When trying to manage the IRQ levels of your various hardware adapters to
 avoid conflicts, you might find that your 8-bit adapters cause problems.
 Except for IRQ9, only 16-bit adapters are configurable to use IRQ levels
 higher than 7.  Notice that the IRQ table shows that the low-numbered IRQ
 lines already have some standard function assigned. It might be that your only
 alternative for avoiding some IRQ conflicts is to purchase a more versatile
 16-bit adapter.

 If you have nonstandard 8-bit adapters, be especially careful of interrupt
 conflicts.  For example, the SoundBlaster adapter is configured at the factory
 to use IRQ7. IRQ7, however, is the standard assignment for LPT1, the first
 printer port. This conflict might not be apparent with DOS because DOS
 printing typically does not use the interrupt line.  OS/2 2.1, however,
 requires it, and the hidden conflict can become the source of printing
 problems.  It is also fairly common to discover that the interrupt feature on
 your parallel-port adapter does not work.  In DOS, this might not have any
 effect.  In OS/2 2.1, however, your printer might be very erratic or not work
 at all.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.13. Parallel-Port-Attached Device ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 o Some security devices (known as dongles) attached to a parallel port do not
   work properly with OS/2 2.1.  The DOS program that uses the device can start
   from one DOS session only. An error message appears when you try to start
   additional copies of the program.  You can press Ctrl+Alt+Print Screen to
   release access to the parallel-port program prior to starting the second
   copy of the DOS program.

 o Make sure you are using cables that are properly shielded and wired.  (For
   more information, refer to Unable to Print.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.14. Fax Adapters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When certain fax adapters are operating as ordinary modems, they might operate
correctly yet fail to work correctly as a fax device in a DOS session. The
probable cause of the trouble is the VCOM.SYS device driver. VCOM.SYS might be
introducing timing distortions into those hardware commands that are used to
control the fax device but are not a part of normal asynchronous
communications.

Because there are no standards established for fax controls, it might be that
the only solution is to acquire an OS/2-based fax device driver and program.
Your fax adapter manufacturer might have information on sources and
availability of OS/2-based program.

Without purchasing new software, you can set the DOS setting COM_DIRECT_ACCESS
to On. This might allow your fax adapter to work properly but might have other
undesirable side effects.  One of the functions of VCOM.SYS is to provide a
performance assist.  Without VCOM.SYS, you might have to use a reduced baud
rate.  Also, some programs, such as Prodigy, will not run without it.
Therefore, while removing VCOM.SYS is all right in some instances, it might not
be the right action for you.

If you have an ISA bus system, you might consider making changes to the fax
adapter so that only part of your system detects it. Then, place all operation
into a single DOS session.  This is possible on an ISA system if you can set up
your fax adapter as COM3 or COM4.  Since there are no standards for COM3 or
COM4 on an ISA system, OS/2 2.1 will not recognize the adapter unless it is
defined for the system in the CONFIG.SYS file (See the section "COM3 or COM4
Support on an ISA System" found earlier in this chapter).

To set up this configuration, set the hardware switches on the fax adapter to
indicate either COM3 or COM4.  Use a setting that is available and that does
not conflict with other adapters.  Leave VCOM.SYS in your CONFIG.SYS definition
but do not define the fax adapter settings to the COM.SYS device driver.  When
OS/2 2.1 starts up, it will not recognize the fax adapter, but the normal
communications ports will still get the benefit of having VCOM.SYS available.

Next, set up a DOS session so that it loads the DOS programs that you use for
faxing and also the DOS device driver used to control the fax adapter if it
came with a special driver.  Check your documentation to be sure.  This single
DOS session should now be able to operate your fax adapter normally.

In some cases, this still might not work.  If the DOS program treats the
adapter as a COM port instead of directly accessing the hardware, then DOS will
not recognize the adapter either.  The only problem with this configuration is
that this single DOS session controls the adapter. Other DOS or OS/2 sessions
will not be able to access it at all.

IBM is working on a fix to alleviate this problem, but the best solution is to
use OS/2-specific device drivers and programs, especially where performance is
critical.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.15. PS/2 External 5.25-Inch 1.2MB Diskette Drive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you cannot get the external 5.25-inch 1.2MB diskette drive to work on a PS/2
computer, install the device driver that comes with the drive into the OS2
directory in the startup partition.  The device driver is called EXT5DD.SYS.
Change your CONFIG.SYS file statement to read \OS2\EXT5DD.SYS instead of
\OS2\EXTDSKDD.SYS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3.16. IBM PS/2 Model 90 or 95 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are experiencing problems with your Model 90 or 95, ensure your system
is at the latest engineering change (EC) level. Your IBM service representative
can assist you.

If your Model 90 or 95 is a 33 MHz system and you are having intermittent
difficulty identifying memory parity errors such as TRAP 0002, forcing you to
restart your system, then ECA053 might apply.  If your microprocessor card has
part number 84F9356, contact your IBM representative to assist you with a
replacement.

If your Model 90 is experiencing intermittent memory errors, ECA084 might apply
if the part number of your memory riser card is N33F4905 or 84F9356.  Again,
your IBM representative can assist you with a replacement.

For both Model 90 and 95 computers, you must ensure that you have matched pairs
of single inline memory modules. This means that each pair of single inline
memory modules, as described in your technical reference manual, must be
matched in memory size and speed.  Mixing these modules can cause some
computers to report memory errors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29. Part 6:  Making the Transition to OS/2 2.1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you are a previous user of OS/2 Version 1.3 or a previous Microsoft Windows
user, the information in Part 6 will help you make the transition to the OS/2
2.1.

Migrating from Previous Versions of OS/2, describes the differences between the
shell provided with OS/2 Version 1.3 and the Workplace Shell of OS/2 2.1.  It
describes familiar features in OS.2 Version 1.3 and how to locate them in the
Workplace Shell.

Migrating from Microsoft Windows, describes the differences between the shell
provided with Microsoft Windows and the Workplace Shell. It describes familiar
features in Microsoft Windows and how to locate them in the OS/2 Workplace
Shell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30. Migrating from Previous Versions of OS/2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have previously installed programs on your hard disk and did not choose
to format your hard disk during installation, your already existing programs
are saved in folders. The folders are named using the existing program group
name.  For example, if you had all your editing programs installed in a program
group called "Editors", they are saved in a folder with the same name.

The OS/2 2.1 Workplace Shell does not have a Desktop Manager, File Manager,
Print Manager, or Control Panel.  Everything is on one screen (the desktop) for
easy access.  This means that you no longer need to switch from one "manager"
to another to perform tasks.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1. Locating OS/2 Version 1.3 Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following sections describes familiar features in OS/2 Version 1.3 (or OS/2
Version 1.2), and how to locate them in the Workplace Shell.  In many
instances, these features have been enhanced in OS/2 2.1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.1. Desktop Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You used the Desktop Manager in OS/2 Version 1.3 to manage programs, to start
the OS/2 Tutorial, File Manager, Print Manager, System Editor, or command
prompt sessions, and to access utility programs.  Generally, all of these
features are now objects and folders.

You organized your Desktop Manager data into groupings that made sense to you.

In this version of the operating system, you do not need to create a group and
then add programs to that group.  Instead, you create a folder and then drag
program objects to that folder.

The following table shows where Desktop Manager features are located in the
Workplace Shell.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé FEATURE            Γöé DESCRIPTION                          Γöé WORKPLACE SHELL    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé LOCATION           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé File Manager       Γöé Organizes and manipulates files and  Γöé The Desktop folder Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé directories                          Γöé                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Disk and diskette  Γöé Formats and copies disks.  Copies    Γöé Pop-up menus on    Γöé
Γöé utility programs   Γöé and moves files.                     Γöé drive objects      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé located in the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Drives folder      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé which is in the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé OS/2 System        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé folder.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Print Manager      Γöé Manages the printing of files        Γöé Print objects on   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé the desktop        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Control Panel      Γöé Changes the way your system is set   Γöé System Setup       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé up                                   Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Clipboard          Γöé Transfers information from one       Γöé Clipboard Viewer,  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé program to another                   Γöé located in the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Productivity       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Command prompts    Γöé Accesses a full-screen or window     Γöé Command Prompts    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé command prompt                       Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé OS/2 System Editor Γöé Edits and creates data files         Γöé OS/2 System Editor Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé located in the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Productivity       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Previously         Γöé A list of OS/2 programs that appear  Γöé OS/2 Programs      Γöé
Γöé installed OS/2     Γöé only if any OS/2-based programs are  Γöé folder             Γöé
Γöé programs           Γöé found on your hard disk during shell Γöé                    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé installation.                        Γöé                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Previously         Γöé A list of non-OS/2 programs that     Γöé DOS Programs and   Γöé
Γöé installed Non-OS/2 Γöé installation was able to install in  Γöé OS/2 Programs      Γöé
Γöé programs           Γöé its own group.                       Γöé folders            Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.2. Locating File Manager Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In previous versions of the OS/2 operating system, the File Manager was used to
organize and manipulate your files and directories. You also could use the File
Manager to start your programs.

In the Workplace Shell, your files (objects) and directories (folders) can be
organized and manipulated on the desktop with your mouse. Although common tasks
such as copying, moving, or deleting objects can still be done with menus, the
easiest way to accomplish them is by using your mouse to drag and drop objects
on the location you want.

In previous versions of the operating system, the File Manager was used to find
out where a file or directory was located, or to rename a file or directory.
In the Workplace Shell, these functions are available from the pop-up menu of
an object.

The files and directories you viewed in a tree-structured format in the File
Manager can be viewed in the Workplace Shell in the same format.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.3. Print Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In OS/2 Version 1.3, you set up your printers through the Control Panel.  When
you printed from a program, a print file was sent to the Print Manager, which
is in Group-Main. From this point on, Print Manager managed the printing of the
file.

In the Workplace Shell, you set up print objects that determine how and where
your files will be printed.

If you selected a printer during system installation, the print object that
represents that printer is on the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.4. Command Prompts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Command prompts for an OS/2 full-screen or window session or a DOS full-screen
session are still available in this version of the operating system.  In
addition, a DOS window session is now available.  This command prompt was added
because, in OS/2 2.1, more than one DOS program, like OS/2 programs, can be run
at a time.  A Win-OS/2 full-screen command prompt has also been added because
programs that run under Microsoft Windows will now also run in this version of
the OS/2 operating system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.5. Utility Programs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Utility programs that helped you customize the system, work with disks and
diskettes, view picture files, and lock up your system are still available. The
customization tasks previously available from the Control Panel are now located
in the System Setup folder, which is in the OS/2 System folder.  In the
Workplace Shell, the Control Panel tasks are represented as separate objects in
the System Setup folder, as pictured below.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.

 Instead of using menus to access these tasks, you open an object that
 represents the device or the feature you want to customize, and then change
 its settings.  For example, you might want to customize your screen colors,
 mouse, or keyboard.

 The Picture Utility programs are now located in the Productivity folder, which
 is located in the OS/2 System folder.  The Print Picture, Display Picture, and
 Convert Picture programs have been combined into one program, Picture Viewer.
 The Lockup program is now located in the Settings notebook for the Desktop
 folder (see Locking Up Your System).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.6. System Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The System Editor is the default editor for this version of the operating
system and is the same System Editor you are already familiar with.  The only
difference between this System Editor and the System Editor of OS/2 Version 1.3
is its location.  The System Editor was listed in the Group-Main window of the
Desktop Manager.  The System Editor is now an object in the Productivity
folder, which is located in the OS/2 System folder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1.7. Other Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You used the Task List in OS/2 Version 1.3 to switch between or end running
programs, to arrange icons, or to tile or cascade open windows.

In the OS/2 Workplace Shell, these functions are handled in the Window List.

You used the minimized button in OS/2 Version 1.3 to minimize programs by
clicking on the minimize button in the upper right corner of the window.  The
programs then became icons located at the bottom of your screen. In the
Workplace Shell, these icons are located in the Minimized Window Viewer.

The Minimized Window Viewer is a folder object on the desktop. It contains the
icons of the minimized windows of program objects and program-file objects.
This object is displayed on the desktop only when one or more programs are
minimized.  For more information, see Hiding and Minimizing Open Windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.2. Shutting Down Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You exited from OS/2 Version 1.3 by selecting the Shutdown choice from the
Desktop menu in the Desktop Manager.  You were asked whether you wanted to save
the current layout of the Desktop Manager window.  If you saved the current
layout, all open windows, groups, and icons were saved in their current
positions, and appeared in the same positions the next time you started the
operating system.

In the Workplace Shell, you can shut down the system and save the current
layout by using the desktop pop-up menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.3. Making OS/2 2.1 Look Like OS/2 Version 1.3 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can change OS/2 2.1 to have an OS/2 Version 1.3 look.  The following
procedure must be performed after the installation of OS/2 2.1.  This procedure
should be done only by an experienced user.  This is being provided only as a
way for existing users of OS/2 Version 1.3 to move over to the Workplace Shell.
Remember, this is going to provide only the look of OS/2 Version 1.3, not the
functionality, so you might find some inconsistencies.

To make your system look like OS/2 Version 1.3:

  1. Place the Installation Diskette into drive A.
  2. Turn on your computer or press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the system.
  3. When you see the logo screen, remove the Installation Diskette and place
     Diskette 1 into drive A.
  4. Press Enter
  5. When you see the Welcome screen, press Esc to display the command prompt
     and then remove the diskette from the drive.
  6. Change to the drive where your operating system resides.  For example, if
     the operating system resides on drive C, type:

             C:

  7. Change to the OS/2 subdirectory by typing:

             CD\OS2
     Then press Enter.
  8. Modify the existing user INI file by typing:

             MAKEINI OS2.INI OS2_13.RC
     Press Enter and then wait for the message of successful completion.
  9. Restart your system.

 If you decide you want to return to the OS/2 2.1 Workplace Shell look, follow
 steps 1 through 7 and then type:

     MAKEINI OS2.INI OS2_20.RC
 Press Enter, and then restart your system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31. Migrating from Microsoft Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you had Microsoft Windows programs on your hard disk before you installed
OS/2 2.1 and did not choose to format your hard disk during installation, a
Windows Programs folder is created on the desktop.  It contains objects that
you use to start most of your Microsoft Windows programs.  During installation,
the Migrate Applications program automatically selects the best settings for
these programs.

You can start a program in Microsoft Windows by double-clicking on the
appropriate icon in the Program Manager.  You also can start a program by
double-clicking on a program file (a file with a .COM, .EXE, .PIF, or .BAT
file-name extension) in a File Manager directory window.

In the Workplace Shell, you can start programs by double-clicking on the
appropriate program object on the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1. Locating Microsoft Windows Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following sections describe familiar features in Microsoft Windows, and how
to locate them in the Workplace Shell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.1. Program Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In Microsoft Windows, the Program Manager manages programs, starts the File
Manager, Print Manager, or DOS command prompt session, and accesses utility
programs.  Generally, all of these features are now objects and folders in the
OS/2 Workplace Shell.

You can organize your Program Manager data into groupings that make sense to
you.  Similarly, you can organize your data into folders in the Workplace
Shell.

For example, Microsoft Windows has a number of games logically located in the
Games Group.  In the OS/2 Workplace Shell, games are located in the Games
folder.  The Accessories Group in Microsoft Windows has programs such as word
processors, calendars, calculators, and note pads.  In the Workplace Shell,
these programs are found in the Productivity folder.

The following table shows where Program Manager features are located in the
Workplace Shell.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé FEATURE            Γöé DESCRIPTION                          Γöé WORKPLACE SHELL    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé LOCATION           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé File Manager       Γöé Organizes and manipulates files and  Γöé The Desktop folder Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé directories                          Γöé                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Disk and diskette  Γöé Format and copies disks.  Copies and Γöé Pop-up menus on    Γöé
Γöé utilities          Γöé moves files.                         Γöé drive objects      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé located in the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Drives folder      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé which is in the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé OS/2 System        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé folder.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Print Manager      Γöé Manages the printing of files        Γöé Print objects on   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé the desktop        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Control Panel      Γöé Changes the way your system is set   Γöé System Setup       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé up                                   Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Clipboard          Γöé Transfers information from one       Γöé Clipboard Viewer,  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé program to another                   Γöé located in the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Productivity       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Command prompts    Γöé Accesses a full-screen or window     Γöé Command Prompts    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé command prompt                       Γöé folder             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Editors            Γöé Edits and creates data files         Γöé OS/2 System Editor Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Windows Applica-   Γöé A list of Windows programs that      Γöé Windows Programs,  Γöé
Γöé tions Group        Γöé appears only if any Windows-based    Γöé Additional Windows Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé programs are found on your hard disk Γöé Programs, and      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé during shell installation.           Γöé WIN-OS/2 Program   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé                                      Γöé Manager folders    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé Non-Windows Appli- Γöé A list of non-Windows programs that  Γöé DOS Programs and   Γöé
Γöé cations Group      Γöé installation was able to install in  Γöé OS/2 Programs      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé its own group.                       Γöé folders            Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.2. File Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The File Manager in Microsoft Windows helped you organize and manipulate your
files and directories. You also could use the File Manager to start your
programs.

In the Workplace Shell, your files (objects) and directories (folders) can be
organized and manipulated on the desktop with your mouse. Although common tasks
such as copying, moving, or deleting objects can still be done with menus, the
easiest way to accomplish them is by using your mouse to drag and drop objects
on the location you want.

In Windows, the File Manager was used to find out where a file or directory was
located, or to rename a file or directory.  In the Workplace Shell, these
functions are available from the pop-up menu of an object.

The files and directories you viewed in a tree-structured format in the File
Manager can be viewed in the Workplace Shell in the same format.

     Artwork

     In the final product artwork would appear here.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.3. Print Manager ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In Microsoft Windows, you set up your printers through the Control Panel.  When
you printed from a Windows program, a print file was sent to the Print Manager,
which is in the Main Group. From this point on, Print Manager managed the
printing of the file.

In the Workplace Shell, you set up print objects that determine how and where
your files will be printed.

If you selected a printer during system installation, the print object that
represents that printer is on the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.4. Editing Data-Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Write program in Microsoft Windows was used to create and edit data files.

The System Editor is the default editor for this version of the operating
system.  The System Editor is an object in the Productivity folder which is
located in the OS/2 System folder.  If you open a data-file object that is not
associated with any other program object, by default it is associated with the
System Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.5. Command Prompts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To run a non-Windows programs in Microsoft Windows, you start a full-screen DOS
prompt by opening the Main Group in Program Manager, and then double-clicking
on DOS Prompt.

Command prompts for an OS/2 full-screen or window session, or a DOS full-screen
or window session are available in this version of the operating system.  Also
available is a WIN-OS/2 full-screen session, which allows you to run Microsoft
Windows programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.6. Control Panel ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Control Panel in Microsoft Windows enables you change the setup of your
system, such as your screen colors, system fonts, keyboard, mouse, and sound
rate.  You started the Control Panel by opening the Main Group window and
double-clicking on Control Panel.

In the OS/2 Workplace Shell, the Control Panel tasks are represented as
separate objects in the System Setup folder, as pictured below.

Instead of using menus to access these tasks, you open an object that
represents the device or feature you want to customize, and then change its
settings.  For example, you might want to customize your screen colors, mouse,
or keyboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.1.7. Other Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You used the Task List in Microsoft Windows to switch between or end running
programs, to arrange icons, or to tile or cascade open windows.

In the Workplace Shell, these functions are handled in the Window List.

You used the minimized button in Microsoft Windows to minimize programs by
clicking on the minimize button in the upper right corner of the window.  The
programs then became icons located at the bottom of your screen. In the
Workplace Shell, these icons will be located in the Minimized Window Viewer.

The Minimized Window Viewer is a folder object on the desktop. It contains the
icons of the minimized windows of program objects and program-file objects.
This object is displayed on the desktop only when one or more programs are
minimized.

A new feature of the Workplace Shell allows you to hide windows. For more
information about hiding windows or changing the default settings for minimize
and hide, refer to Hiding and Minimizing Open Windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.2. Shutting Down Your System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You exited from Microsoft Windows by selecting Exit Windows from the File menu
in the Program Manager.  You were asked whether you wanted to save the current
layout of the Program Manager window.  If you saved the current layout, all
open windows, groups, and icons were saved in their current position, and
appeared in the same positions the next time you started the operating system.

In the Workplace Shell, you can shut down the system and save the current
layout by using the desktop pop-up menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31.3. Making OS/2 2.1 Look Like Microsoft Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can change OS/2 2.1 to have a Microsoft Windows look. The following
procedure must be performed after the installation of OS/2 2.1.  This procedure
should be done only by an experienced user.  It is being provided only as a way
for existing Windows users to migrate to the Workplace Shell.  Remember, this
is going to provide only the look of Windows, not the functionality, so you
might find some inconsistencies.

To make your system look like Microsoft Windows:

  1. Place the Installation Diskette into drive A.
  2. Turn on your computer or press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the system.
  3. When you see the logo screen, remove the Installation Diskette and place
     Diskette 1 into drive A.
  4. Press Enter
  5. When you see the Welcome screen, press Esc to display the command prompt,
     and then remove the diskette from the drive.
  6. Change to the drive where your operating system resides.  For example, if
     the operating system resides on drive C, type:

             C:

  7. Change to the OS/2 subdirectory by typing:

             CD\OS2
     Then press Enter.
  8. Modify the existing user INI file by typing:

             MAKEINI OS2.INI WIN_30.RC
     Press Enter, and then wait for the message of successful completion.
  9. Restart your system.

 If you decide you want to return to the OS/2 2.1 Workplace Shell look and
 WIN-OS/2, follow steps 1 through 7 and then type:

     MAKEINI OS2.INI OS2_20.RC
 Press Enter, and then restart your system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32. Appendix ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33. Key Assignments ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This appendix describes keys that let you use the operating system in addition
to a mouse button. The following key assignments apply to the United States
keyboard.

When two or more key names are joined by a plus sign (+), use these keys
together.  Press and hold the first key, press the second key (and third, if
applicable), then release all of the keys.

Some programs and all online documents have specific key assignments. To
display those assignments, select Help in the menu bar of the open program
object or online document, and then select Keys help. The mouse assignments are
listed in OS/2 2.1 Getting Started.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.1. Help Window Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To display help from a help window (for example, to display the help index or
general help), use the following keys.

 Alt+F4
      Closes a help window.

 Alt+F6
      Moves the cursor between a help window and the object or window for which
      help was displayed, for example, between a help window and the Master
      Help Index window.

 Ctrl+A
      Copies the displayed help topic and add it to the end of a temporary
      file.

 Ctrl+C
      Displays the help table of contents.

 Ctrl+F
      Copies the displayed help topic to a temporary file.

 Ctrl+H
      Displays a list of all topics you have viewed.

 Ctrl+L
      Displays a list of the libraries that contain help topics.

 Ctrl+N
      Opens a new help window to display a help topic.  This feature is
      available only when the pop-up menu for the topic window contains the
      Maximize, Minimize, or Hide choice.

 Ctrl+S
      Searches for a word or phrase in help topics.

 Ctrl+Ins
      Copies the displayed help topic to the OS/2 clipboard.

 Esc
      Redisplays the previous help window, if there is one; if not, removes the
      help window.

 F1
      Displays help about using the help window.

 F2
      Displays general information about the object or window for which help
      was displayed.

 F6
      Moves the cursor to and from the control area that contains push buttons,
      such as Search, when the control area is in the same window as the
      cursor.

 F7
      Moves the cursor to and from the control area that contains push buttons,
      such as Search, when the control area is in a different window from the
      cursor.

 F9
      Displays a list of keys for an object or the operating system.

 F11 or Shift+F1
      Displays the help index.

 F12 or Shift+F2
      Displays a tutorial, if available.

 Shift+F10
      Displays help about the help facility.

 Tab
      Moves the cursor to the next highlighted word or phrase.  (Then press
      Enter to display the related information.)

 Use the following keys when there are multiple levels of help topics:

 Ctrl+* (Asterisk)
      Displays all levels of the table of contents.

 Ctrl+- (Minus)
      Removes all subtopics from the table of contents.

 + (Plus)
      Displays one more level of topics in the table of contents.

 * (Asterisk)
      Displays all subtopics for one topic in the table of contents.

 - (Minus)
      Removes all subtopics from one topic in the table of contents.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.2. Object Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Us the following keys to select, move, size, delete, or print an object;
display its pop-up menu; or get help for it.

 Arrow keys
      Move the cursor left, right, up, or down to the next object.

 Ctrl+Mouse Button 2
      Copies an object.

 Ctrl+Shift+Mouse Button 2
      Creates a shadow of an object.

 Delete
      Removes the selected object.

 F1
      Displays specific help for the selected object.

 Print Screen
      Prints the contents of the selected object.

 Right Arrow
      Displays the pop-up menu for a menu choice that has an arrow to the
      right.  For example, in the an object, there is an arrow to the right of
      Open.

 Shift+F8
      Starts or stops selecting more than one object.

 Shift+F10
      (1) Displays the pop-up menu for the object on which the cursor is
      located.
      (2) Displays the pop-up menu for the desktop by doing the following:
      press Alt+Shift+Tab and release; press Ctrl+\ (Backslash) and release;
      then press Shift+F10.

 Shift+Mouse Button 2
      Moves an object from the Templates folder.

 Spacebar
      Selects or deselects the object on which the cursor is located.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.3. Selection Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To select only one object and deselect all other objects:

  1. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the object you want to select.
  2. Press Ctrl+Spacebar.

 To select more than one object in consecutive order and deselect all other
 objects:

  1. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the first object you want to
     select.
  2. Press the Spacebar to select that object.
  3. Press and hold Shift.
  4. Use the arrow keys to continuously select objects; then release Shift.

 To select one or more objects and add them to previously selected objects:

  1. Press Shift+F8; then release them.
  2. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to each object you want to select;
     then press the Spacebar to select each object.
  3. Press Shift+F8.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.4. System Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the following keys to switch among open objects, display the Window List,
restart the operating system, or print the contents of the screen.

 Alt+Esc
      Switches to the next open window, full-screen session, or icon that is
      minimized on the desktop.

 Alt+Home
      Switches a DOS program between a window and a full screen.

 Arrow keys
      Moves the cursor left, right, up, or down to the next object.

 Ctrl+Alt+Del
      Restarts the operating system.

 Ctrl+Esc
      Displays the Window List.

 Enter
      Performs the default action of the field where the cursor is located.

 Print Screen
      Prints the contents of the screen when the mouse pointer is in an area of
      the screen that is outside all windows and icons and no object is
      selected.  (To remove the selection of all objects on the screen, click
      mouse button 1 in an area of the screen that is outside all windows and
      icons.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33.5. Window Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the following keys to move around in a window, or to move, size, minimize,
hide, maximize, restore, or close a window.

 Alt+Backspace
      Reverses the most recent action that you requested and which was
      performed (Undo).

 Alt+Down Arrow
      (1) Displays a hidden list in a field that has a Down Arrow in a box to
      the right of it.
      (2) In a notebook, move the cursor to the notebook page from either the
      notebook tab or either arrow at the bottom of the page.

 Alt+Esc
      Switches to the next open window, full-screen session, or icon that is
      minimized on the desktop.

 Alt+Home
      Switches a DOS program between a window and a full screen.

 Alt+Insert
      Creates a new object and place it in the OS/2 clipboard.

 Alt+Page Down
      In a notebook, moves the cursor to the next page.

 Alt+Page Up
      In a notebook, moves the cursor to the previous page.

 Alt+Shift+Tab
      Makes the desktop window active.

 Alt+Up Arrow
      In a notebook, moves the cursor from the notebook page to either a
      notebook tab or an arrow at the bottom of the page.

 Alt+F4
      Closes the active window.

 Alt+F5
      Returns the window to the size it was and the location it was in before
      you hid or maximized the window.

 Alt+F6
      Moves the cursor between windows that are associated; for example, move
      between an active program window and the help window for that program, or
      between the Master Help Index window and the help window that displays an
      index topic.

 Alt+F7
      Enables you to move the active window to a different location.

 Alt+F8
      Enables you to size the active window with the arrow keys.

 Alt+F9
      Removes the active window and all associated windows from the screen. The
      windows are hidden or minimized, depending on how the program was
      written.

 Alt+F10
      Enlarges the active window to its largest possible size (maximize).

 Arrow keys
      Moves the cursor left, right, up, or down to the next choice.

 Backspace
      In an entry field, deletes one character to the left of the cursor.

 Backtab
      In an entry field, moves the cursor to the character position defined by
      the previous tab stop.

 Ctrl+End
      Moves the cursor to the bottom-right position in the field in which the
      cursor is located.

 Ctrl+Home
      Moves the cursor to the top-left position in the field in which the
      cursor is located.

 Ctrl+Insert
      Places a duplicate of the selected text or graphics into the OS/2
      clipboard (copy).

 Ctrl+Left Arrow
      Moves the cursor to the beginning of the word to the left of the cursor.

 Ctrl+Page Down (or PgDn)
      Scrolls the contents of a window right one page to display information to
      the right of the visible window area.

 Ctrl+Page Up (or PgUp)
      Scrolls the contents of a window left one page to display information to
      the left of the visible window area.

 Ctrl+Right Arrow
      Moves the cursor to the end of the word to the right of the cursor.

 Ctrl+Tab
      In a notebook or from an entry field, moves the cursor to the next field.

 Ctrl+/
      Selects all items.

 Ctrl+\
      Deselects all items.

 Del
      In an entry field, deletes the character to the right of the cursor.

 Down Arrow
      Moves the cursor down, if possible.

 End
      Moves to the last choice in a menu.  In an entry field, moves the cursor
      to the end of the line.

 Enter
      (1) Performs the default action that applies to the cursor location.
      (2) In text, start a new line.

      You can use Enter on the numeric keypad to perform the default action,
      but not to start a new line.

 Esc
      (1) Removes the window without sending any changes.
      (2) Stop a direct-manipulation operation.
      (3) Remove a menu that is displayed below a menu-bar choice, but keep the
      menu-bar choice selected.

 First letter
      In a list, moves to and select the next choice that starts with the
      letter you type.  The cursor or mouse pointer must be within the
      boundaries of the list.

 F1
      Displays specific help for the active window.  The help is related to the
      position of the cursor or the action you can perform in the window.

 F5
      Updates the contents of the active window (refresh).

 F6
      Moves the cursor in a clockwise direction from one window pane to another
      in a window that is split to display more than one view of an object.
      For example, a word processing program might allow you to view four
      different parts of a document at one time in one window.

 F10
      Moves the cursor to or from the menu bar.

 Home
      (1) Moves the cursor to the left choice in a group of choices.
      (2) In an entry field, move the cursor to the beginning of the line.

 Insert
      In an entry field, switches between insert and replace modes for typing
      text.

 Left Arrow
      Moves the cursor left, if possible.

 Page Down (PgDn)
      Scrolls the contents of a window down one page to display information
      below the visible window area.

 Page Up (PgUp)
      Scrolls the contents of a window up one page to display information above
      the visible window area.

 Print Screen
      Prints the contents of the window in which the cursor is located.

 Right Arrow
      (1) Moves the cursor right, if possible.
      (2) Display the pop-up menu for a menu choice that has an arrow to the
      right.  For example, the menu from a menu bar might contain a choice with
      a pop-up menu.

 Shift+Delete
      Removes the selected text or graphics from the active window and place it
      in the OS/2 clipboard (cut).

 Shift+Down Arrow
      Extends selection from the current character position to the same
      position on the line below.

 Shift+End
      Selects from the cursor position to the end of the field.

 Shift+Esc or Alt+Spacebar
      Switches to or from the title-bar icon.

 Shift+Enter (New line)
      Performs the default action that applies where the cursor is located.

 Shift+Home
      Selects from the cursor position to the beginning of the field.

 Shift+Insert
      Copies the contents of the OS/2 clipboard into the object on which the
      cursor is located (paste).

 Shift+Left Arrow
      Extends the selection one character to the left of the cursor.

 Shift+Page Down
      Extends the selection down one page.

 Shift+Page Up
      Extends the selection up one page.

 Shift+Right Arrow
      Extends the selection one character to the right of the cursor.

 Shift+Tab
      (1) In a notebook, moves the cursor to the previous field.
      (2) In an entry field, move the cursor to the previous tab position.

 Shift+Up Arrow
      Extends the selection from the current character position to the same
      position on the line above.

 Shift+F8
      Starts or stops selecting more than one object.

 Shift+F10
       (1) Displays the pop-up menu for the object on which the cursor is
      located.
      (2) Display the pop-up menu for the desktop by doing the following: press
      Alt+Shift+Tab and release; press Ctrl+\ (Backslash) and release; then
      press Shift+F10.

 Spacebar
      (1) Selects or deselects the choice on which the cursor is located, for
      example, a check box or a choice in a list.  If the Spacebar is assigned
      to another function, press Ctrl+Spacebar.
      (2) In text, inserts a space, where allowed.

 Tab
      Moves the cursor to the next field (entry field, check box, list, spin
      button, slider, first radio button, or first push button).  In an entry
      field, move the cursor to the next tab stop.

 Underlined letter
      Moves the cursor to and selects a choice by typing the underlined letter,
      for example, in the menu bar or in a pop-up menu.

 Up Arrow
      Moves the cursor up, if possible.